220-701

CompTIA 220-701

A+ Essentials

Q&A with explanations

Version 9.1

Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, www.testking.com

- 2 -

Important Note, Please Read Carefully

Other TestKing productsA) Offline Testing engineUse the offline Testing engine product topractice the questions in an exam environment.B) Study Guide (not available for all exams)Build a foundation of knowledge which will be useful also after passing the exam.

Latest VersionWe are constantly reviewing our products. New material is added and old material isrevised. Free updates are available for 90 days after the purchase. You should check yourmember zone at TestKing and update 3-4 days before the scheduled exam date.

Here is the procedure to get the latest version:

1.Go towww.testking.com2.Click on Member zone/Log in3.The latest versions of all purchased products are downloadable from here. Just click thelinks.For mostupdates,itisenough just to print the new questions at the end of the new version,not the whole document.

FeedbackIf you spot a possible improvement then please let us know. We always interested inimproving product quality.Feedback should be send to [email protected]. You should include the following:Exam number, version, page number, question number, and your login ID.

Our experts will answer your mail promptly.

CopyrightEach iPAD file contains a unique serial number associated with your particular name andcontact information for security purposes. So if we find out that a particular iPAD file isbeing distributed by you, TestKing reserves the right to take legal action against youaccording to the International Copyright Laws.


- 3 -

Table of Contents:

Topic 1: Hardware (248 Questions) 44Section 1: Categorize storage devices and backup media (35 Questions) 44Section 2: Explain motherboard components, types and features (13 Questions) 2020Section 3: Classify power supplies types and characteristics (27 Questions) 2626Section 4: Explain the purpose and characteristics of CPUs and their features (14Questions) 4040Section 5: Explain cooling methods and devices (8 Questions) 4646Section 6: Compare and contrast memory types, characteristics and their purpose (14Questions) 5050Section 7: Distinguish between the different display devices and their characteristics (40Questions) 5656Section 8: Install and configure peripherals and input devices (26 Questions) 7777Section 9: Summarize the function and types of adapter cards (11 Questions) 8989Section 10: Install, configure and optimize laptop components and features (13Questions) 9494Section 11: Install and configure printers (47 Questions) 101101

Topic 2: Troubleshooting, Repair and Maintenance (112 Questions) 123123Section 1: Given a scenario, explain the troubleshooting theory (20 Questions) 123123Section 2: Given a scenario, explain and interpret common hardware and operatingsystem symptoms and their causes (33 Questions) 133133Section 3: Given a scenario, determine the troubleshooting methods and tools for printers(17 Questions) 148148Section 4: Given a scenario, explain and interpret common laptop issues and determinethe appropriate basic troubleshooting method (10 Questions) 157157Section 5: Given a scenario, integrate common preventative maintenance techniques (32Questions) 162162

Topic 3: Operating Systems and Software (118 Questions) 178178Section 1: Compare and contrast the different Windows Operating Systems and theirfeatures (45 Questions) 178178Section 2: Given a scenario, demonstrate proper use of user interfaces (25 Questions)199

199Section 3: Explain the process and steps to install and configure the Windows OS (18Questions) 212212Section 4: Explain the basics of boot sequences, methods and startup utilities (30Questions) 220220

Topic 4: Networking (94 Questions) 234234Section 1: Summarize the basics of networking fundamentals, including technologies,devices and protocols (42 Questions) 235235Section 2: Categorize network cables and connectors and their implementations (28Questions) 254254


- 4 -

Section 3: Compare and contrast the different network types (24 Questions) 267267Topic 5: Security (63 Questions) 277277

Section 1: Explain the basic principles of security concepts and technologies (36Questions) 278278Section 2: Summarize security features (27 Questions) 295295

Topic 6: Operational Procedure (61 Questions) 308308Section 1: Outline the purpose of appropriate safety and environmental procedures andgiven a scenario apply them (22 Questions) 308308Section 2: Given a scenario, demonstrate the appropriate use of communication skills andprofessionalism in the workplace (39 Questions) 319319

Total number of questions: 699


- 5 -

Topic 1: Hardware (248 Questions)

Section 1: Categorize storage devices and backup media (35Questions)

QUESTION NO: 1You want to install a game and store some personal data on your computer. Youwant to add and delete the data you store at will and also want to ensure that you donot lose data when power is removed. Which of the following storage devices wouldyou use to meet all your requirements?

A. Hard driveB. RAMC. Internal cache memoryD. ROM

Answer: AExplanation:A hard drive is magnetic data storage medium. The data stored on a hard drive can berepeatedly written to and erased and the saved data is not lost at sudden power failure.

QUESTION NO: 2On which of the following physical components does the data on HDD is stored?

A. Read /write headB. PlatterC. SectorD. Cluster

Answer: BExplanation:A HDD magnetically stores data on discs that are known as platters. The data is read andwritten on the disk through read/write heads with the use of a magnetic coating.


- 6 -

QUESTION NO: 3A hard disk has several components integrated with it. Which of the followingcomponents are not the major components of a hard disk drive system?

A. Drive interfaceB. ControllerC. Hard diskD. Host adapterE. Platter

Answer: AExplanation:The three major components of a hard disk drive system are hard disk, controller, and ahost adapter. The drive interface is the computer bus that connects the hard disk drive tothe processor and memory. It is a common component of the controller and host adapterand therefore it is not one of the major components of a hard disk drive system. A HDDmagnetically stores data on discs that are known as platters.

QUESTION NO: 4You want to install Windows XP on your computer and want to create a largestNTFS volume size supported by Windows XP. Which is the following is the largestNTFS volume size supported by Windows XP?

A. 256GBB. 2TBC. 128TBD. 256TB

Answer: BExplanation:A fixed number of clusters are supported by each operating system. In theory, themaximum NTFS volume size is 2^32 clusters but there are other limitations to themaximum size of a volume. These limitations are partition tables that are limited to 2^32sectors, sector size which is typically 512 bytes as per hardware and industry standards.While sector sizes might increase in the future, the current size puts a limit on a singlevolume of 2 terabytes (2^32 * 512 bytes, or 241 bytes). Therefore 2 terabytes should beconsidered the practical limit for both physical and logical volumes using NTFS.


- 7 -

QUESTION NO: 5Which of the following storage technologies is flash based, has no moving parts suchas spinning platters and moving heads, has been used in computer RAM for manyyears, and is now on its way to replace conventional hard disk drives?

A. Thumb drivesB. Memory cardsC. Solid-state drivesD. Optical drives

Answer: CExplanation:A solid state drive is a storage device that uses solid state memory to store data and issoon going to replace the traditional hard disk drive. The principle behind solid statedrives is that there should be no moving parts: no spinning platters, no moving heads.Data is split into word length pieces and stored in memory. It is then accessed almostinstantaneously using unique system-wide addresses. This behavior has been used incomputer RAM for many years. Solid state disks use either NAND flash or SDRAM(non-volatile and volatile storage respectively).

QUESTION NO: 6What is the formatted capacity of High-density 3½? floppy diskettes?

A. 360KBB. 720KBC. 1.44MBD. 2.88MBE. 280 KB

Answer: CExplanation:High-density 3½? floppy diskettes have a formatted capacity of 1.44MB. TheDouble-density 5¼? floppies and double-density floppies on the other hand can beformatted to a capacity of 360KB and 720KB respectively. The extended-density 3½?floppy diskettes can be formatted to 2.88MB.


- 8 -

QUESTION NO: 7You want to store big video files that are approximately 20GB in size on a singledisk. Which of the following optical disc format allows you to store a data capacityof 25GB on a single disk?

A. Double-sided, double-layer DVD+RB. Single-sided, single-layer Blu-ray discC. Double-sided, single-layer DVD-RD. Double-sided, single-layer DVD+R

Answer: BExplanation:Blu-ray disc (also known as Blu-ray or BD) is an optical disc storage medium designedto supersede the standard DVD format. Its main uses are storing high-definition videoBlu-ray discs can store 25GB of data single-sided and single-layer. The dual layercapacity of Blu-ray disk is 50 GB. No other given options can store roughly more than17GB of data.

QUESTION NO: 8You are an IT technician in TestKing Inc. The company wants to configure regularbackups of the data for the company. You realized that a large amounts of dataneed to be archived on a regular basis. Which of the following kinds of media wouldyou use for this purpose?

A. TapeB. CDC. DVDD. External hard driveE. Floppy disketteF. Pan drive

Answer: AExplanation:


- 9 -

Tape is the best choice when large volumes of data need to be backed up and archivedregularly. Pan drives, DVDs and CDs do not offer the capacity to store data as Tapesprovide. They can store up to 50 GB of data. In addition, they're available in differenttechnologies (DAT, DLT, LTO, etc), interfaces (IDE and SCSI), and even as external orinternal devices

QUESTION NO: 9Your laptop has recently been damaged but is hard drive was ok. You wanted toreplace your desktop computer's hard drive with your laptop's hard drive.However, your hardware vendor told that it is not possible. How do you think yourlaptop hard drive is different from desktop hard drive?

A. Laptop hard drives and desktop hard drives use completely different standards tocommunicate with the host.B. Desktop hard drives have spinning platters where as Laptop hard drives have solidstate.C. Desktop hard drives get power from the drive interface where as Laptop hard drivesrequire a separate power connection.D. The common form factor of a laptop hard drive is an inch smaller than that of adesktop hard drive.

Answer: DExplanation:The laptop hard drive is different from desktop hard drive because the most commonform factor of a laptop hard drive is about an inch smaller than that of a desktop harddrive. Laptop hard drives commonly have a 2½? form factor whereas the desktop harddrives have a 3½? form factor. Laptop hard drives and desktop hard drives use samestandards such as serial and parallel ATA to communicate with the host. The hard drivesof both laptop and desktop are available in both solid-state and conventional varieties andboth of them do not use separate power connectors.

QUESTION NO: 10Which of the following options define the concentric magnetic rings on the surfaceof a disk platter on a hard drive?

A. ClusterB. Sector


- 10 -

C. CylinderD. TrackE. Bits

Answer: DExplanation:The Tracks are the concentric magnetic rings on the surface of a disk platter on a harddrive. They are formed by low-level formatting, which is done in factories these days.

QUESTION NO: 11Which of the following options is the difference between a solid-state drive and aconventional hard disk drive?

A. A solid-state drive has larger storage capacityB. A solid-state drive does not have any moving partsC. A solid-state drive uses a different drive interface and cablingD. A solid-state drive offers a lower storage cost per byte

Answer: B

Explanation:The difference between a solid-state drive and a conventional hard disk drive is that asolid-state drive does not have any moving parts.The solid state drives have somewhat similar storage capacity as the conventional harddisk drive. They use the same drive interfaces, such as SATA interfaces and are moreexpensive than conventional drives per byte of capacity.

QUESTION NO: 12Which of the following microfloppy formats would you use, if you want to store2.88MB of data?

A. Low densityB. Double densityC. High densityD. Extended densityE. None of the other alternatives apply


- 11 -

Answer: DExplanation:You can store 2.88MB of data in Extended-density microfloppy diskettes.

QUESTION NO: 13What is the data storage capacity of a single layered standard DVD?

A. 2.88MBB. 2.88GBC. 4.7GBD. 25GBE. 500 MB

Answer: CExplanation:The data storage capacity of a single layered standard DVD is 4.7GB of data.

QUESTION NO: 14In a magnetic disk what term you can use to describe segments of a track?

A. ClusterB. ValveC. SectorD. Allocation unit

Answer: CExplanation:Sector is a basic unit of data storage in hard disk. Sectors are created at the time ofmanufacturing a hard disk. Group of one or more sectors is known as Cluster. Clustersare formed during high level formatting.


- 12 -

QUESTION NO: 15Which of the following statements best describes both high-density 5 1/4-inch and 31/2-inch floppy diskettes?

A. The high-density 3 1/2 -inch can store more information than high density 5 1/4-inchfloppy diskette.

B. Both high-density 5 1/4-inch and 3 1/2-inch floppy diskettes have the same number ofsectors per track.

C. The high-density 5 1/4-inch and 3 1/2-inch floppy diskettes have a different number oftracks per side.

D. The high-density 5 1/4-inch and 3 1/2-inch floppy diskettes have a different number ofbytes per sector.

Answer: AExplanation:The statement "The high-density 3 1/2 -inch can store more information than high density5 1/4-inch floppy diskette" best describes both high-density 5 1/4-inch and 3 1/2-inchfloppy diskettes.

QUESTION NO: 16You want to purchase a compact-disc that can be written to multiple times. Whichof the following optical disc would you purchase?

A. CD-ROMB. CD-RC. CD-RWD. CD-DL

Answer: CExplanation:The CD -RW or +RW can be written to, formatted, and written to again, multiple times.

QUESTION NO: 17When ever, you try to use your DVD-ROM drive, it makes a horrible grindingsound. Which of the following actions should you take to resolve the problem?


- 13 -

A. Clean the drive.B. Replace the drive.C. Try to use a different DVD in the drive.D. Check the user manual for a solution.

Answer: BExplanation:To resolve the problem, you should replace the DVD-ROM drive. The grinding soundindicates that the drive is malfunctioning. You should clean it only when it is not readingproperly or consistently.

QUESTION NO: 18You have approximately 2.50 MB of data, which you want to store in microfloppydiskettes. You want to use the format type that is available in microfloppy diskettebut not in minifloppy diskettes. Which of the following formats can you use?

A. LDB. DDC. HDD. ED

Answer: DExplanation:You need to use the ED (Extended-density) microfloppy diskettes that can hold 2.88MBof data. The ED format is not available in minifloppy diskettes.

QUESTION NO: 19Which of the following components within a hard disk drive system contains acollection of same-numbered tracks on all writable surfaces of all platters?

A. ClusterB. Logical blockC. SectorD. CylinderE. Hard Disk


- 14 -

Answer: DExplanation:The Cylinder contains a collection of same-numbered tracks on all writable surfaces ofall platters in a hard disk drive system. To count a total number of tracks in such harddrive system, you can simply multiply the number of cylinders by the number ofread/write heads in the assembly.

QUESTION NO: 20You want to use the tape-cartridge format for your storage media. Which of thefollowing can you not use?

A. Quarter-inch cartridgeB. Linear tape-openC. Nine millimeterD. Digital linear tapeE. All of the other alternatives apply

Answer: CExplanation:You can not use 9 millimeter tapes. All the other formats are tape cartridge formats.

QUESTION NO: 21Out of the various types of portable media given below, which is the one that canhold the highest volume of data?

A. DVD-DLB. CD-RWC. CD-RD. DVD-R

Answer: A

Explanation:DVD-DL implies DVD Dual Layer. It refers to DVDs which can be recorded on twoseparate layers and therefore have more storage space than single layer DVDs


- 15 -

QUESTION NO: 22You are the newly appointed technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.comnetwork consists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. Youreceive an instruction to identify the media types that can be considered as a solidstate.

What should you do?

A. You should identify a Tape drive as a solid state.B. You should identify a Floppy disk as a solid state.C. You should identify a Flash media as a solid state.D. You should identify a DVD as a solid state.

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 23You are employed as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com networkconsists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. During the courseof the day you receive an instruction from the CIO to configure a tape backup torun every evening. However, you need to ensure that only the archive files that havechanged since the last tape is run and that the backup bit is cleared for every file.

What should you do?

A. This can be accomplished running a Copy backup.B. This can be accomplished running a Full backup.C. This can be accomplished running a Daily backup.D. This can be accomplished running an Incremental backup.

Answer: D

QUESTION NO: 24


- 16 -

You are employed as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com networkconsists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. You are in theprocess of explaining to the new interns the features of solid state drives.

What should you identify?

A. Solid state drives have more capacity than traditional magnetic drives.B. Solid state drives have built-in encryption standards.C. Solid state drives have the lack of drive heads and platters.D. Solid state drives have higher data integrity.

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 25You work as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com network consists of asingle Active Directory domain named testking.com. During the course of the dayyou receive an instruction from management to identify the media type that can beregarded as optical.

What should you do?

A. A Tape can be regarded as optical.B. A Biometric device can be regarded as optical.C. A Blu-Ray can be regarded as optical.D. A Floppy can be regarded as optical.

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 26You are the senior technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com network consistsof a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. You are in the process ofexplaining to the new interns the media that can be severely affected by magnets.

What should you do? (Choose all that apply.)


- 17 -

A. A 1.44 MB Floppy Disk should be kept away from all magnetic fields.B. A Compact Disc should be kept away from all magnetic fields.C. An IDE Hard Drive should be kept away from all magnetic fields.D. A Solid State Drive should be kept away from all magnetic fields.E. A Backup Tape should be kept away from all magnetic fields.F. A Digital Video Disc should be kept away from all magnetic fields.

Answer: A, C, E

QUESTION NO: 27You work as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com network consists of asingle Active Directory domain named testking.com. You are in the process ofexplaining the new interns the storage capacity of Blu-Ray disks.

What should you inform them?

A. Blu-Ray disks have a storage capacity of 650MB.B. Blu-Ray disks have a storage capacity of 9GB.C. Blu-Ray disks have a storage capacity of 25GB.D. Blu-Ray disks have a storage capacity of 4.7GB.

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 28You work as a senior technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com networkconsists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. You are in theprocess of informing the new interns which I/O ports will have the slowest transferrate.

What should you do?

A. You should tell them that USB 2.0 will have the slowest transfer rate.B. You should tell them that IEEE 1394 will have the slowest transfer rate.C. You should tell them that S/PDIF will have the slowest transfer rate.D. You should tell them that USB 1.1 will have the slowest transfer rate.


- 18 -

Answer: D

QUESTION NO: 29You are employed as the desktop support technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. A user calls the helpdesk to identify the maximum speed a standardCD.ROM use to read.

What should you inform the user?

A. The maximum speed is at which it can read is 24x.B. The maximum speed is at which it can read is 32x.C. The maximum speed is at which it can read is 48x.D. The maximum speed is at which it can read is 52x.

Answer: D

QUESTION NO: 30You are employed as the desktop support technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. You are in the process of determining the media type in the marketingdepartment that has the biggest capacity.


A. Your best option would be to identify Blu-Ray.B. Your best option would be to identify DVD.RW+.C. Your best option would be to identify Dual-sided DVD.D. Your best option would be to identify DVD.RW.

Answer: A

QUESTION NO: 31


- 19 -

You are employed as the desktop support technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. You receive a call from a user who wants to know the name of theportable media that has the biggest storage capacity.

What should you do?

A. You should inform the user that the CD.RW has the biggest storage capacity.B. You should inform the user that the CD.R has the biggest storage capacity.C. You should inform the user that the DVD.DL has the biggest storage capacity.D. You should inform the user that the DVD.R has the biggest storage capacity.

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 32TestKing.com has employed you as a technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. You receive an instruction from management to identify thetechnology that is able to support the longest cable length between devices.

What should you do?

A. You should identify USB 1.1/2.0.B. You should identify IEEE 1394.C. You should identify Serial.D. You should identify SATA.

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 33You work as a desktop support technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.comnetwork consists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. A newintern calls the helpdesk to inquire the maximum recommended length of a parallelATA cable.



- 20 -

A. You should inform the intern that 16 inches (40cm) is the maximum length.B. You should inform the intern that 18 inches (45cm) is the maximum length.C. You should inform the intern that 22 inches (55cm) is the maximum length.D. You should inform the intern that 24 inches (60cm) is the maximum length.

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 34TestKing.com has employed you as a desktop support technician at TestKing.com.The TestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. You are in the process of informing the users in your department theinterfaces that will permit you the fastest speed.


A. The USB 2.0 interface will permit you a faster speed.B. The IEEE 1394b interface will permit you a faster speed.C. The USB 1.1 interface will permit you a faster speed.D. The IEEE 1394a interface will permit you a faster speed.

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 35You are the newly appointed technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.comnetwork consists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com.TestKing.com has decided to make use of data stripping in order to distributeinformation via a number of disks that has no fault tolerance.

What should you do?

A. Your best option would be to make use of RAID 10.B. Your best option would be to make use of RAID 5.C. Your best option would be to make use of RAID 1.D. Your best option would be to make use of RAID 0.


- 21 -

Answer: A

Section 2: Explain motherboard components, types and features(13 Questions)

QUESTION NO: 1You are an IT technician in your organization. Recently, an employer of thecompany, Sam was having a problem in using the DVD drive of his computer. Tohelp Sam, you decided to find if all the connections to the DVD drive are fine.Which of the following computer component would you check to find if all thecircuitry necessary for all the components or devices to communicate with one eachother are fine?

A. MotherboardB. Adapter cardC. Main MemoryD. Expansion busE. NIC card

Answer: AExplanation:The motherboard is the primary circuit board of a computer and supports the entirecircuitry of a computer. It is also known as the mainboard. All the components of acomputer connect to the motherboard directly or indirectly. It contains CPU, underlyingcircuitry, expansion slots, video components, RAM slots, and various other chips.

QUESTION NO: 2You want to use the latest motherboard design style, which is most widelyimplemented these days to assemble your computer. Which of the followingmotherboard design style would you use?

A. ATXB. NLX


- 22 -

C. Baby ATD. LPX

Answer: AExplanation:The ATX motherboard style (and its derivatives) is the most popular design that is usedthese days. The ATX design has several significant advantages over the oldermotherboard styles and it addresses many of the annoyances that system builders havehad to put up with. For example it has the PS/2 port built into the motherboard andreduced expansion card interference.

QUESTION NO: 3Which of the following motherboard socket type would you use on the Pentium 4chip?

A. Slot 1B. Socket AC. Socket 370D. Socket 478

Answer: DExplanation:The Intel Pentium 4 processor is based on the Intel NetBurst micro-architecture. ThePentium 4 processor is available in the 478-pin package and also in many other sockettypes. Nevertheless, no other option listed is used for these processors.

QUESTION NO: 4Northbridge and Southbridge are the two memory controller hubs (MCH) or corechips that control the components in a computer. Which of the followingcomponents are not controlled by the Northbridge?

A. PCIeB. SATAC. AGPD. Cache memory


- 23 -

Answer: BExplanation:Separating the chipset into the northbridge and southbridge is common. The northbridgetypically handles communications among the CPU, RAM, BIOS ROM, and PCI Express(or AGP) video cards. SATA and all other drive interfaces that do not share clock of thefront side bus are not controlled by Northbridge, which that is in control of the local-buscomponents. SATA is controlled by the Southbridge

QUESTION NO: 5You want to use a motherboard design style, which places expansion slots on aspecial riser card, provides more component options for upgrading and repair, andcan be used in low-profile PCs. Which of the following motherboard form factorwould meet all your requirements?

A. ATB. Baby ATC. ATXD. NLX

Answer: DExplanation:The NLX form factor still uses the Riser card to connect everything together and is usedin low-profile PCs. NLX is the "updated LPX" form factor that offers support for largermemory modules, tower cases, AGP video, and also supports reduced cable length. Inaddition, these motherboards are easier to remove. The NLX form factor, unlike LPX isan actual standard which means there are more component options for upgrading andrepair.

QUESTION NO: 6Which of the following Intel processor type was attached to a single edge contactcartridge (SECC) for insertion into the motherboard, instead of the standard PGApackage?

A. AthlonB. 486


- 24 -

C. PentiumD. Pentium IIE. Pentium III

Answer: DExplanation:S.E.C.C. (Single Edge Contact Cartridge) package was used in the Intel Pentium IIprocessors to connect to the motherboard; the processor is inserted into a slot. Instead ofhaving pins or using a standard PGA package, it uses goldfinger contacts, which theprocessor uses to carry its signals back and forth.

QUESTION NO: 7Which of the following memory modules will you need for a motherboard that hasan LGA775 socket for an Intel Pentium 4 processor?

A. DIPB. SIMMC. RIMMD. DIMM

Answer: DExplanation:Pentium 4 / Celeron D processors in LGA775 package processors support DIMMSDRAM

QUESTION NO: 8Which of the following increases performance rating of a computer without anyadditional cost?

A. MultitaskingB. HyperthreadingC. Fast-clockingD. OverclockingE. Slow-clocking


- 25 -

Answer: DExplanation:Overclocking is a term used for a process in which computer components such asprocessor is set to run at higher clock speed. It is used to increase the performance of acomputer without any additional cost.

QUESTION NO: 9On your ATX motherboard, you are using accelerated graphics port. Which of thefollowing types of adapter cards can you use?

A. FireWire adapter cardB. Ethernet adapter cardC. Full-duplex sound cardD. AGP video card

Answer: DExplanation:On your ATX motherboard, you are using accelerated graphics Port (AGP), you can onlyuse AGP video card because it is specifically designed to provide increased performancefor video cards.

QUESTION NO: 10Out of the various types of bus speeds given below, which ones can be used for aPCIe card? (Select all that apply).

A. 1xB. 3xC. 6xD. 8xE. 24x

Answer: A, DExplanation:For a PCIe or PCI expansion card, 1x and 8x bus speeds can be used.


- 26 -

QUESTION NO: 11You are the newly appointed technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.comnetwork consists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. Youreceive an instruction from management to ensure that the motherboard does notmake electrical contact with the case.

What should you do?

A. You best option would be to make use of standoffs.B. You best option would be to make use of screws.C. You best option would be to make use of riser cards.D. You best option would be to make use of a daughterboard.

Answer: A

QUESTION NO: 12You work as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com network consists of asingle Active Directory domain named testking.com. There are both desktop andlaptop workstations in operation at TestKing.com. You receive an instruction frommanagement to set up a password that will be needed before one can boot into theOS.

What should you do?

A. Your best option would be to go to LDAP.B. Your best option would be to go to BIOS.C. Your best option would be to go to POST.D. Your best option would be to go to User Accounts.

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 13


- 27 -

You are employed as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com networkconsists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. There are bothdesktop and laptop workstations in operation at TestKing.com. You receive aninstruction from management to inform the new technicians in your department theslot types that have the maximum peak bandwidth.

What should you do?

A. The PCIe slot has the maximum bandwidth peak.B. The AGP slot has the maximum bandwidth peak.C. The PCI-X slot has the maximum bandwidth peak.D. The ISA slot has the maximum bandwidth peak.

Answer: A

Section 3: Classify power supplies types and characteristics (27Questions)

QUESTION NO: 1Which of the following voltage pairings accurately represents the input and outputrespectively in power supplies and AC adapters?

A. AC in, AC outB. DC in, DC outC. AC in, DC outD. DC in, AC out

Answer: CExplanation:The AC in, DC out voltage pairings accurately represents the input and outputrespectively in Power supplies and AC adapters. They use standard wall outlets for aninput of AC voltage and they convert the AC voltage to the DC voltages required by thedevices that use DC Voltage.


- 28 -

QUESTION NO: 2Select the output voltages supplied by a common PC power supply? (Choose five.)

A. +3.3VDCB. -3.3VDCC. +5VDCD. -5VDCE. +12VDCF. -12VDCG. +110VACH. -110VAC

Answer: A, C, D, E, FExplanation:A PC's power supply produces +3.3VDC, +5VDC, -5VDC, +12VDC, and-12VDC from a 110VAC input.

QUESTION NO: 3Which of the following statements about power supplies is true?

A. In the computers that need to be used in Europe, the voltage selector switch on theback of the power supply should be switched to the lower setting to avoid damage to thecomputer.B. SATA hard drives and PATA hard drives can use the same type of power connector.C. P8 and P9 connectors are used to provide power supplies to ATX-based motherboards.D. PATA hard drives use Molex connectors and floppy drives use Berg connectors.

Answer: DExplanation:PATA (Parallel ATA) Hard drives are one of the earliest drive types and they do nothave SATA power sockets. Therefore they use Molex connectors. The 4 pin Bergconnectors provide power supply to floppy drives.

If the computer is going to be used in Europe the voltage selector switch on the back ofthe power supply should never be switched to the lower setting rather it must be set at thehigher setting.


- 29 -

SATA hard drives and PATA hard drives do not use the same type of power connector.The SATA hard drive uses 15 pin SATA Power connector and PATA hard drive usesMolex connector. Both SATA Power connector and Molex connector cannot be used onthe same drive.

ATX-based motherboards use 20 pin 24-pin single power connectors instead of P8 andP9 connectors. The P8 and P9 connectors are used by AT-based motherboards.

QUESTION NO: 4You are replacing the power supply in your PC because there was some problemwith it. You need to choose the power supply carefully so that all connected devicesare supported properly. Which of the following units would tend to vary if thepower supplies change?

A. WattageB. VoltageC. AmperageD. Resistance

Answer: AExplanation:Power supplies are rated in watts. While replacing the power supply in your PC, youmust be careful about the wattage it provides. You need to ensure that all the connecteddevices and the devices inside the computer do not require more wattage than the chosenpower supply can offer. The voltage would not change with the power supply because itunit of measure of how much potential or electromotive force is present. It is standardamong power supplies and has nothing to do with the devices connected to the powersupply. Amperage and resistance are not selling points for power supplies.

QUESTION NO: 5You want to purchase a laptop. You want to use a battery which is light in weightbut has high energy density and longest life. Which of the following types of batterychemistries would you use to ensure that you meet all your requirements?

A. NiCdB. NiMH


- 30 -

C. AlkalineD. Li-IonE. Li-poly

Answer: DExplanation:Lithium-ion batteries (Li-ion batteries) are the rechargeable batteries in that use lithiumions in them. This chemistry has a high energy density and is lightweight. Besides theyonly receive charge if the voltage is low. Because of all these features Li-Ion is thepreferred battery chemistry for portable computing devices.The nickel-based batteries are not a best choice for a portable device because the chargerapplies a full charge each time the portable device is connected to fixed power. Due tothis the battery overcharges and elevates temperature that causes permanent capacityloss.

QUESTION NO: 6You want to purchase a computer for your personal needs within your decidedbudget. You also want to do some development work on the computer. You areunable to decide that you should purchase a laptop or a desktop computer. Youdecided to find out the advantages and disadvantages of using both laptops anddesktop computers. Which of the following is not the advantage of using a laptop?

A. Laptops cannot offer very good portabilityB. Laptops cannot offer increased performanceC. Laptops cannot replace desktop computersD. Laptops do not offer higher-quality construction

Answer: BExplanation:Laptops cannot offer increased performance. A high configuration desktop computer canbe purchased in the same price that you would spend to purchase a low configurationlaptop. You always need to compromise in configuration when you purchase a laptop inyour decided budget.

QUESTION NO: 7Which of the following is not a requirement for ACPI to function?


- 31 -

A. The BIOS must support ACPI.B. You must be running Windows 95 or later.C. The motherboard must support ACPI.D. The processor must support ACPI.

Answer: BExplanation:You need Windows 98 or later to use ACPI.Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) is an industry specification for theefficient handling of power consumption computers. ACPI must be supported by thecomputer motherboard, basic input/output system (BIOS), and the operating system.In addition, the motherboard and processor must support the standard.

QUESTION NO: 8You are travelling to your client's site in the Airplane. Before reaching there youwant to go through some reports that you wanted to discuss with your client.However, as soon as you tried to switch on your laptop, you realized that the batteryof your laptop is down. Which of the following laptop tools would allow you topower your laptop from the airplane?

A. AC adapterB. DC adapterC. Battery converterD. Automotive Wizard

Answer: BExplanation:A DC adapter would allow you to power your laptop from the airplane because it canconvert the DC output from an airplane power plug to the DC voltage required by alaptop.

QUESTION NO: 9You want to purchase a laptop. Your friend has warned you about the batteries thatshould and should not be used in laptops. Which of the following rechargeablebattery types would you not use because of its reduced power backup when usedwith laptops?


- 32 -

A. NiCdB. NiMHC. Li-polyD. Li-IonE. Alkaline

Answer: AExplanation:Nickel cadmium batteries should not be used because of there reduced power backupwhen used with laptops. These batteries have a very low energy density compared to thelithium chemistries and NiMH batteries. They also discharge faster than the lithiumbatteries. Alkaline batteries are also less powerful than lithium batteries.

QUESTION NO: 10In which of the following ACPI system states should your system be to ensure that itconsumes least amount of power?

A. G0B. S3C. S1D. S4

Answer: DExplanation:The S4 is a system state in which the system suspends to disk and RAM not powered. Itis also called Hibernation mode, and it consumes very little power in this state.G0 is the fully powered operational state. S1 and S3 consume less power but it is morethan S4 state.

QUESTION NO: 11You use Windows XP computer in your office. To download updates on yourcomputer, you want to enable hibernation and set power schemes on yourcomputer. You know that the Display Properties dialog box in Windows XP allowsyou to set Power Options. Which of the following tabs in Display properties dialogbox in Windows XP has a button that launches Power Options Properties?


- 33 -

A. SettingsB. DesktopC. Screen SaverD. ThemesE. Appearance

Answer: CExplanation:The Screen Saver tab in Display Properties dialog box in Windows XP has a button thatallows you to open Power Options Properties window.

QUESTION NO: 12Which of the following process allows a processor to slow down and conservepower?

A. UnderclockingB. CoolingC. DisengagingD. Throttling

Answer: DExplanation:Throttling is a process that allows a processor to slow down and conserve power. It ismost often used in laptops and other mobile devices, where energy comes from a batteryand thus is limited.

QUESTION NO: 13The AC adapter of your laptop has recently been damaged and you want to replaceit with new AC adapter. Before purchasing an AC adapter, which of the followingthings would you consider to obtain the better or the same results?

A. Purchase an AC adapter that has a higher voltage rating than the originalB. Purchase an AC adapter that has a higher wattage rating than the originalC. Purchase a DC adapter that has the same voltage rating than the original


- 34 -

D. Purchase an AC adapter that has a lower voltage and wattage rating than the original

Answer: BExplanation:To obtain the better or the same results, you need to purchase an AC adapter that has ahigher wattage rating than the original. The wattage is the amount of electrical power thatis available to a device. It can be compared to a bucket. A bigger bucket can hold morewater than a small bucket. Similarly an adapter with high wattage can supply morepower. Voltage on the other hand is the electrical driving force that drives a conventionalelectric current. It can be compared with a pressure. An improper voltage can bedangerous to a device but because wattage does not force the power on the device itshould not be less than required by a device.

QUESTION NO: 14Your laptop uses a Li-Ion battery. Every time you charge your laptop, it appearsthat that battery is charged completely but soon the battery meter indicates that thebattery is low. In such a situation, which of the following actions should you take toresolve the battery issue?

A. Replace the battery.B. Exercise the battery.C. Calibrate the battery.D. Discharge the battery by shorting its terminals.

Answer: CExplanation:In such a situation, you should calibrate the Li-Ion battery to resolve the battery issue.The Battery calibration allows you to drain the battery power before recharging it.Battery exercising is done in nickel based batteries to charge and discharge them initiallyso that they may function as expected. The battery terminals should never be short todischarge a battery and replacement of battery should be done when nothing else can bedone and the battery has reached the end of its life.

QUESTION NO: 15


- 35 -

Which of the following standards would you use to define power management inlaptop computers?

A. PBIOSB. ACPIC. LPMD. IrDA

Answer: BExplanation:To define power management in laptop computers, you need to use ACPI standard. Itwas introduced in 1996 and is an extension of the system BIOS.

QUESTION NO: 16Which of the following devices temporarily provides power through the battery tothe computer in the event of a power outage?

A. Power stripB. Extension cordC. UPSD. Surge protectorE. None of the other alternatives apply

Answer: CExplanation:An uninterruptible power supply (UPS) temporarily provides power through the batteryto the computer in the event of a power outage. None of the other devices containbatteries.

QUESTION NO: 17The _______________ and _______________ types of batteries do not cause anyenvironmental hazard.

A. AlkalineB. Nickel metal hydride (NiMH)C. Nickel cadmium (NiCd)


- 36 -

D. Button cellE. Li-Ion

Answer: A, BExplanation:The Alkaline and Nickel metal hydride (NiMH) types of batteries do not cause anyenvironmental hazard.

QUESTION NO: 18You are the newly appointed desktop support technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. A junior technician named Rory Allen wants to know what he shouldplug into the UPS located at a user's desk.

What should you tell him? (Choose all that apply.)

You should inform him to plug in the vacuum cleaner.You should inform him to plug in the monitor.You should inform him to plug in the AC Adapter of the laptop.You should inform him to plug in the computer.You should inform him to plug in the laser printer.You should inform him to plug in the portable heater.

Answer: B, C, D

QUESTION NO: 19You work as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com network consists of asingle Active Directory domain named testking.com. You receive an instructionfrom management to inform users in various departments the utility that should notbe plugged into the UPS as it drains too much power.


A. They should not plug the laptop into the UPS.B. They should not plug the server into the UPS.C. They should not plug the laser printer into the UPS.


- 37 -

D. They should not plug the LCD monitor into the UPS.

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 20TestKing.com has employed you as a technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. You are in the process of writing a circular stating the hazards linkedto the improper disposal of a CRT.

What should you do?

A. Disposing a CRT inappropriately is linked to a high vacuum.B. Disposing a CRT inappropriately is linked to Mercury.C. Disposing a CRT inappropriately is linked to an Electromagnetic Interference (EMI).D. Disposing a CRT inappropriately is linked to Lithium.

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 21TestKing.com has employed you as a technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. You are in the process of identifying the purpose of a voltage selectorswitch.


A. The switch permits the power supply to function at different voltages.B. The switch changes the output voltage to meet the needs of the motherboard.C. The switch changes the voltage coming from the wall.D. The switch permits alternating currents to be used rather than direct current.

Answer: A


- 38 -

QUESTION NO: 22You are employed as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com networkconsists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. You are currentlyexplaining to the new interns the purpose a power brick or an external powersupply for a laptop computer.


A. It will filters incoming voltage spikes and surges.B. It will converts AC power to DC power in order for a laptop computer in order to use

it to operate and charge its battery.C. It allows you to move the laptop without being plugged into an outlet.D. It will convert DC power to AC power in order to charge the battery and will improve

move ability.

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 23You are the newly appointed technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.comnetwork consists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. Youreceive notification from management to purchase uninterruptible power supplies(UPSs) for all terminals. You thus need to identify the most important factor youshould consider prior to buying the UPS.

What should you do?

A. You need to take into consideration the amount of time necessary for the UPS to runin a power outage.

B. You need to take into consideration the amount of space available at every terminal toplace the UPS.

C. You need to take into consideration the number and size of all applications running onevery terminal.

D. You need to take into consideration the number and size of all applications running onevery terminal.

E. You need to take into consideration the physical footprint of the UPS.


- 39 -

Answer: A

QUESTION NO: 24You are the newly appointed technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.comnetwork consists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. You arein the process of replacing the ATX power supply in one of the older systems in yourdepartment. You discover that the motherboards main power connector has fewerpins than the new power supply cable. You contact the manufacturer and plug inthe cable. You switch on the system and notices that the system is up and running.

Why did the cable work?

A. The cable worked since the older ATX power supplies are no longer available.B. The cable worked since the newer ATX power supplies are 20/24 pin compatible.C. The cable worked since the newer ATX power supplies do not make use of pins 21

through 24.D. The cable worked since the older ATX power supplies have a separate P4 connector.

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 25You work as a desktop support technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.comnetwork consists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. ATestKing.com user logs a complaint stating that beeping sounds can be heardunderneath her desk after the cleaning crew has left.

What should you do?

A. You should inform the user that the default printer is out of paper or offline.B. You should inform the user that the speaker wires are disconnected while cleaning.C. You should inform the user that the UPS is disconnected from the wall.D. You should inform the user that a new security update is currently available for

download.

Answer: C


- 40 -

QUESTION NO: 26TestKing.com has employed you as a technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. A new intern named Kara Lang wants to know what the power sourceof a desktop workstation is.

What should you inform her?

A. You should tell her that a Lithium ion cell is the power source for a desktopworkstation.

B. You should tell her that a Linear power supply is the power source for a desktopworkstation.

C. You should tell her that a Switching-mode power supply is the power source for adesktop workstation.

D. You should tell her that a Nickel cadmium cell is the power source for a desktopworkstation.

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 27TestKing.com has employed you as a technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. During the course of the day you receive an instruction from the CIOto rate the desktop power supplies.

What should you do?

A. You can accomplish this using the maximum resistance.B. You can accomplish this using the maximum output wattage.C. You can accomplish this using the maximum output consumption.D. You can accomplish this using the maximum input voltage.

Answer: B


- 41 -

Section 4: Explain the purpose and characteristics of CPUs andtheir features (14 Questions)

QUESTION NO: 1Which of the following is a socket technology designed to ease the insertion of pingrid array (PGA) chips in modern CPUs?

A. Socket 479B. ZIFC. LPGAD. SPGAE. Socket 370

Answer: BExplanation:(Zero Insertion Force socket) A type of socket designed for easy insertion of pin gridarray (PGA) chips in modern CPUs. The chip is easily dropped into the socket's holes,and a lever is pulled down to lock it in. All modern systems make use of thezero-insertion force (ZIF) socket. No other pin-layout format, such as SPGA and Socket479 addresses issues with inserting chips.

QUESTION NO: 2You have a big list of many different slots and sockets for CPUs. One of your clientswants to find out, which motherboard socket type is used with the AMD Athlon XP.Which of the following socket type would you suggest?

A. Slot 1B. Socket AC. Socket 370D. Socket 478

Answer: BExplanation:Socket 462 (or Socket A) is a newer motherboard socket type is used with AMD Athlon,Athlon XP, and Duron processors. There are many different slots and sockets for CPUs.The slots correspond with processor types and with processor manufacturers.


- 42 -

QUESTION NO: 3You are explaining the functioning of CPU to your students. Which of the followingterms have nothing to do with CPU?

A. HyperthreadingB. I/O portC. MulticoreD. L1 cacheE. System bus width

Answer: BExplanation:The I/O port has nothing to do with CPU, even though the communication between aCPU and the rest of the system is considered I/O. However, there is no I/O port used forthis purpose. The I/O ports, such as USB and sound ports, are not directly related to theCPU.

QUESTION NO: 4You were learning about memory modules used in PCs. The DDR400 chips arefound on ______________memory modules.

A. PC3200B. PC400C. PC2-3200D. PC50

Answer: AExplanation:The DDR400 chips are found on PC3200 memory modules because the ratio between thenumerical portion of the names of memory chips and the modules they are mounted on is8:1

QUESTION NO: 5


- 43 -

Which of the following processors can you use with Socket T, or LGA 775? (Selectall that apply)

A. Core 2 DuoB. Core 2 QuadC. Later Pentium 4D. Athlon 64E. Pentium II

Answer: A, B, CExplanation:Socket T, or LGA 775, you can use with Core 2 Quad and Core 2 Duo processors as wellas the faster and later Pentium 4 CPUs.The Pentium II was only manufactured for Slot 1 and AMD Athlon 64 chips were madefor sockets ranging from Socket 754 to Socket AM2.

QUESTION NO: 6Which of the following is an old elementary method of detecting simple, single-biterrors in a memory system and which is not capable of error correction?

A. ECCB. Dual-channel memoryC. RambusD. Parity checkingE. MNP

Answer: DExplanation:Parity checking is an old elementary method of detecting simple, single-bit errors in amemory system and which is not capable of error correction. The Parity checking checksif data is transmitted accurately from one point to another. It adds an extra bit to eachdata unit that is transmitted so that each byte has either even or odd numbers set. Thevalidity of the parity bit is checked on the receiving end. If the check shows an error, thebyte is rejected because there is no way to determine the nature of the error.

QUESTION NO: 7


- 44 -

You have been assigned to the TestKing.com help desk to aid all the TestKing.comusers who experience trouble with their workstations. There are both desktop andlaptop workstations in operation at TestKing.com. A TestKing.com user namedRory Allen wants to know he is able to find the L2 cache.

What should you do?

A. You should inform him that it can be located between the CPU and RAM.B. You should inform him that it can be located between on the CPU.C. You should inform him that it can be located between on the front side bus.D. You should inform him that it can be located between on the southbridge chip.

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 8TestKing.com has employed you as a technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. During the course of the day you receive an instruction frommanagement to identify the memory modules that have the highest transfer rate.

What should you do?

A. The PC2700 have the highest transfer rate.B. The PC2100 have the highest transfer rate.C. The DDR400 have the highest transfer rate.D. The DDR333 have the highest transfer rate.

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 9You are the newly appointed desktop support technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. A user logs a call inquiring where the information for faster access ona CPU is located.

What should you do?


- 45 -

A. You should inform the user the information is stored in the Cache.B. You should inform the user the information is stored in the Front side bus.C. You should inform the user the information is stored in the RAM.D. You should inform the user the information is stored in the Removable storage.

Answer: A

QUESTION NO: 10You are employed as the desktop support technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. During the course of the day you receive a query from a user todetermine the type of CPU that he should use with a Socket A CPU connectorMotherboard.

What should you do?

A. You should inform him to make use of Xeon.B. You should inform him to make use of Pentium III.C. You should inform him to make use of Itanium.D. You should inform him to make use of Athlon.

Answer: D

QUESTION NO: 11You work as a desktop support technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.comnetwork consists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. Duringthe course of the day you receive a call from a user who wants to know the name ofthe 32-bit processor that has a capacity of 64-bit.

What should you inform the user.

A. You should tell her that an Intel Core 2 Duo processor has a capacity of 64-bit.B. You should tell her that an Intel Pentium M processor has a capacity of 64-bit.C. You should tell her that an Intel Itanium processor has a capacity of 64-bit.D.


- 46 -

You should tell her that an Intel Pentium 4 Extreme Edition processor has a capacity of64-bit.

Answer: A

QUESTION NO: 12You work as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com network consists of asingle Active Directory domain named testking.com. You are in the process ofinstalling a new CPU in one of the offices of a new client. The client notices the tubeof paste that came with the CPU and inquires what it is used for.

What should you do?

A. You should inform the client that the paste is used to stop theft.B. You should inform the client that the paste aids in stopping the CPU from falling out

of the socket.C. You should inform the client that the paste aids in keeping the CPU cool.D. You should inform the client that the paste stops high voltage.

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 13You work as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com network consists of asingle Active Directory domain named testking.com. There are both desktop andlaptop workstations in operation at TestKing.com. You are in the process ofexplaining to the new interns what the term quad core implies.


A. Quad core implies that a CPU has four integrated processing units.B. Quad core implies that a CPU has thrice the cache of a dual core processor.C. Quad core implies that a CPU needs memory to be installed four units at a time.D. Quad core implies that a CPU is clocked four times faster than a normal unit.

Answer: A


- 47 -

QUESTION NO: 14You work as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com network consists of asingle Active Directory domain named testking.com. There are both desktop andlaptop workstations in operation at TestKing.com. You are in the process ofinforming the new interns appointed in your department the features of a dual coreCPU.


A. You should tell them that it has double the amount of pins.B. You should tell them that it has two separate processing units.C. You should tell them that it has twice the amount of cache.D. You should tell them that it has two error correcting as well as checking units.

Answer: B

Section 5: Explain cooling methods and devices (8 Questions)

QUESTION NO: 1Which of the following two devices are used inside a PC to cool the components of aPC?

A. FansB. Compressed airC. FreonD. Heat sinksE. PC Card

Answer: A, DExplanation:The two devices that are used inside a PC to cool the components of a PC are Fans andHeat sinks.Compressed air is used to remove dust from the PC, Freon is a coolant used in some airconditioners but not in PCs, and PC card is an expansion card.


- 48 -

QUESTION NO: 2You are learning about CPU cooling methods. Which of the following coolingmethods uses a pump? (Select all that apply)

A. Heat pipesB. Air coolingC. Peltier coolingD. Liquid coolingE. Phase-change cooling

Answer: D, EExplanation:The CPU cooling methods that use pump to circulate the cooling medium are liquidcooling and phase-change cooling methods.

QUESTION NO: 3You have been informed that it is mandatory to use thermal compound on a CPU.Which of the following do you think is a reason for that?

A. It is required to create a uniform heat-transfer layer between the CPU and heat sinkB. It is required to bring Peltier effect to cool the CPU to below ambient temperaturesC. It is required to seal the heat sink to the CPUD. It is required to protect the CPU against condensation.

Answer: AExplanation:It is mandatory to use thermal compound on a CPU because it is required to create auniform heat-transfer layer between the CPU and heat sink.

QUESTION NO: 4After upgrading your personal computer, you had open ports for several unusedexpansion card slots because you had certain components removed and newcomponents installed. Why do you think the covers for these card slots should bereinstalled?


- 49 -

A. To reduce the RFI inside the case.B. To ensure proper air flow through the case.C. To prevent moisture buildup in the case.D. To prevent ESD inside the case.

Answer: BExplanation:The chassis of a PC is designed for proper internal airflow across the variouscomponents. However, if your PC's enclosures are open, then the cooling of the PCchanges dramatically. The cooling of some components can be reduced or totallyeliminated and can cause damage.

QUESTION NO: 5You work as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com network consists of asingle Active Directory domain named testking.com. You need to determine thereason why your laptop computer experience excessive heat.

What is a likely cause?

A. It can be a result of inadequate OS memory.B. It can be a result of the excessive internal display brightness being set.C. It can be a result of the airflow being blocked.D. It can be a result of bent pins causing the processor to be incorrectly seated.

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 6You are employed as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com networkconsists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. You are in theprocess of explaining to a new client the benefits of having an active cooling system.

What should you tell the client? (Choose all that apply.)

A. An active cooling system will increase system security.


- 50 -

B. An active cooling system will increased network speed.C. An active cooling system will extend the life of your chip.D. An active cooling system will make use of less memory.E. An active cooling system will increased your performance.

Answer: C, E

QUESTION NO: 7You work as a senior technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com networkconsists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. You are in theprocess of informing the new junior technicians in your department the componentsthat needs to be in contact with the thermal compound.

What should you inform them? (Choose all that apply.)

A. You should always ensure that the Capacitors are in contact with thermal compound.B. You should always ensure that the Heatsink are in contact with thermal compound.C. You should always ensure that the CPU is in contact with thermal compound.D. You should always ensure that the Fan is in contact with thermal compound.E. You should always ensure that the Motherboard is in contact with thermal compound.

Answer: B, C

QUESTION NO: 8You are employed as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com networkconsists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. During the courseof the day you discover that one of the workstations in your department isoverheating. You check and find nothing obstructing the fans and locate no dustparticles on the components and the heat sinks. You need to determine the reasonfor the overheating?

What should you identify? (Choose all that apply.)

A. A likely cause could be that the case is too small.B. A likely cause could be that the processor is too fast.C. A likely cause could be that not enough fans in the CPU.


- 51 -

D. A likely cause could be that the one or two fans are not functioning.E. A likely cause could be that the memory is defective.

Answer: C, D

Section 6: Compare and contrast memory types, characteristics andtheir purpose (14 Questions)

QUESTION NO: 1You want to upgrade the RAM of your recently purchased computer. Youdiscovered that your computer uses DDR SDRAM. Which memory module typepackaging do you need to purchase for your DDR SDRAM?

A. 168-pin DIMMB. 72-pin SIMMC. 184-pin DIMMD. RIMME. E- 200-pin DIMM

Answer: CExplanation:DDR SDRAM is manufactured on a 184-pin DIMM and is the newest of the memorytypes under development. The DDR SDRAM chips used are of the TSOP package andare available in two frequencies, 200 MHz and 266 MHz with operational voltage 2.5v.The SDR SDRAM uses DIMMs with 168 pins. The SIMM is the predecessor to theDIMM.

QUESTION NO: 2You want to implement DIMM modules on the motherboard of your desktopcomputer. Select any three options for the number of pins that that can be found onDIMM modules used in desktop motherboards?

A. 168


- 52 -

B. 180C. 184D. 200E. 204F. 232G. 240

Answer: A, C, GExplanation:DIMMs are available in two types: SDRAM and DDR SDRAM. Standard DIMMS have168 pins. DDR SDRAM DIMMS have 184-pin modules. DDR2 and DDR3 DIMMS areimplemented on 240-pin modules with different keying.

QUESTION NO: 3What memory chips would you find on a stick of PC3-16000?

A. DDR-2000B. DDR3-2000C. DDR3-16000D. PC3-2000

Answer: BExplanation:Initially the PC used initials DDR for the chips and a number to represent the level ofDDR to describe the module. The absence of a number indicates memory to be DDR, ifthe associated number is greater than 133. This means that PC3-16000 modules areDDR3 modules and are populated with chips named DDR3 and a number that is 1?8 ofthe module's numeric code: 2000.

QUESTION NO: 4You want to purchase a memory-card for your computer. Which of the followingare the valid memory-card formats that can you purchase according to yourrequirement?

A. MicroSDB. MicroCF


- 53 -

C. SIMD. MMC

Answer: A, C, DExplanation:The valid memory-card formats that can you purchase according to your requirement areMicroSD, SIM, and MMC. There is no micro version of CompactFlash modules.

QUESTION NO: 5Which of the following options in a computer should be increased to allow theexecution of more then one application simultaneously?

A. CPU speedB. CPU bus widthC. Hard disk spaceD. Random Access Memory

Answer: DExplanation:To allow the execution of more then one application simultaneously, the Random AccessMemory (RAM) should be increased because applications and their data reside in RAMduring execution. Although increasing RAM does not lead directly to being able to runmore applications simultaneously, it otherwise assists to do the same.

QUESTION NO: 6Which of the following memory modules need to be installed in pairs?

A. 168-pin DIMMsB. 240-pin DIMMsC. RIMMsD. SODIMMsE. None of the other alternatives apply

Answer: C


- 54 -

Explanation:16-bit RIMMs must always be installed in pairs because DRDRAM has a dual-channelimplementation at the minimum.

QUESTION NO: 7Which of the following types of a memory would you use if you want to use twoseparate modules in a single memory?

A. Dual-channelB. Double-sidedC. Parity-enabledD. Symmetric

Answer: B

Explanation:You would use Double-sided memory because it allows access to only half the memorylocations at a time and uses additional pins on the modules to make it behave as twoseparate modules. The memory controller switches to either side to access the memory.

QUESTION NO: 8TestKing.com has employed you as a senior technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. You are in the process of determining the memory modules that have168 pins.


A. The SODIMM has 168 pins.B. The DIMM has 168 pins.C. The SIMM has 168 pins.D. The RIMM has 168 pins.

Answer: B


- 55 -

QUESTION NO: 9TestKing.com has employed you as a senior technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. You receive notification from management to inform the interns inyour department what virtual memory is.

What should you do?

A. You should inform them that virtual memory is the maximum amount of memory aparticular system can have.

B. You should inform them that virtual memory is the flash memory utilized to hold thetemporary files prior to it being deleted.

C. You should inform them that virtual memory is the information that is written to a diskthat is located in a paging file that is unable to fit into the RAM of the systems.

D. You should inform them that virtual memory is the section of the physical RAM thatis mirrored to the hard drive for redundancy purposes.

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 10You are employed as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com networkconsists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. You recentlyadded additional memory to your notebook computer. When you boot up the BIOSonly report the original RAM.

What is the likely cause? (Choose all that apply.)

A. The brand of RAM is not compatible to your notebook computer.B. The RAM is mismatched.C. The RAM is defective.D. The size of the RAM needs to be adjusted in Device Manager.E. The OS does not recognize the extra RAM.

Answer: B, C


- 56 -

QUESTION NO: 11You are employed as the senior technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.comnetwork consists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. Youreceive an instruction from the CIO to inform all staff in your department about thefunction of ECC in a RAM module.

What should you do?

A. ECC allows you to bypass the IRQ channels in order to work directly with the CPU.B. ECC allows you to identify any hardware incompatibilities as well as resolving them.C. ECC allows you to make use of varying levels of voltage for the purpose of saving

power.D. ECC allows you to identify and fix single bit errors in memory.

Answer: D

QUESTION NO: 12You work as a desktop support technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.comnetwork consists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. Youreceive a call from a user who wants to know the type of hard drive that has a speedof PC2700.

What should you do?

A. You should inform the user that SDRAM has a speed of PC2700.B. You should inform the user that DDR3 has a speed of PC2700.C. You should inform the user that DDR2 has a speed of PC2700.D. You should inform the user that DDR has a speed of PC2700.

Answer: D

QUESTION NO: 13


- 57 -

You work as a desktop support technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.comnetwork consists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. There areboth desktop and laptop workstations in operation at TestKing.com. A user calls thehelpdesk to inquire which memory types he needs to use in pairs.

What should you do?

A. You should inform the user SODIMM should be used in pairs.B. You should inform the user DDR2 should be used in pairs.C. You should inform the user RDRAM should be used in pairs.D. You should inform the user SDRAM should be used in pairs

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 14You work as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com network consists of asingle Active Directory domain named testking.com. There are both desktop andlaptop workstations in operation at TestKing.com. You are in the process ofinstalling RAM into a computer named TESTKING-SR01. TESTKING-SR01 iscurrently holding two 512MB PC2700 sticks. The CIO wants you to add twoadditional sticks of 512MB PC3200. You check and discover that the necessary slotsare available. You need to inform management what the overall speed of the newram will be.


A. The overall speed will be 2700.B. The overall speed will be 3200.C. The overall speed will be 5300.D. The overall speed will be 2100.

Answer: A

Section 7: Distinguish between the different display devices andtheir characteristics (40 Questions)


- 58 -

QUESTION NO: 1You are an IT technician in TestKing Inc. You have been assigned the task ofuploading the video film of the annual meeting function of the company to itswebsite. To accomplish the task, you need to convert video to a format that can beuploaded to the Internet. Which of the following tools would you use to accomplishthe given task?

A. A graphic cardB. A video capture cardC. A TV tuner cardD. A MIDI device

Answer: BExplanation:To convert video to a format that can be uploaded to the Internet, you need a videocapture card. The video capture card allows you to capture a video and convert it todesired format that can be uploaded to Internet. A graphic card is attached in everycomputer to connect the monitor to the motherboard. The video capture card is anaddition to graphic card. The TV tuner cards can also be used to capture the video butthey use video capture card internally to capture video capture. Any adapter that isstrictly a TV tuner cannot capture video.

QUESTION NO: 2In which of the following situation would you use a KVM switch?

A. You have five network devices that need to be connected to each other to allow propercommunication between them.B. You need to switch the voltage supplied to a particular device on or off.C. You want multiple computers to be connected to a non-network-attached printer.D. You have five computers but you don't want to buy certain external peripheralsseparately for each of them.

Answer: DExplanation:You would use KVM switches when you have five computers but you don't want to buycertain external peripherals separately for each of them. The KVM Keyboard, Video orVisual Display Unit, Mouse switches allow you to control multiple computers from asingle keyboard, monitor, and mouse.


- 59 -

QUESTION NO: 3You want to put your personal computer in a room that has less space to keep themonitor. The room also has magnetic devices such as speakers placed all over in theroom. Which of the following types of display technology monitor would you use tosave desk space and ensure that there is no interference from the nearby speakers?

A. CRTB. HDMIC. LCDD. Projector

Answer: CExplanation:In the above given scenario, you should use LCD monitor because it takes less space onthe desk because is flat in shape. This is because it does not use cathode ray tube thatmakes monitors look bulky. Besides, it also does not use electron guns that use magnetslike CRTs do. This feature protects it from the interference with the nearby speakermagnets. Projector is not a common personal display device. It is mostly used in theatresor at places that have group environments and HDMI is not a type of display device. It isa standard for connecting display devices.

QUESTION NO: 4You are an IT technician in TestKing Inc. The company manufactures displaymonitors. You have been assigned the task to explain the difference between twoCRT monitors in terms of its image display. Which of the following term would youuse to explain the diagonal distance between like-colored phosphor dots on a displayscreen that makes one monitor's display superior than the other?

A. ResolutionB. Dot pitchC. Refresh rateD. The number of dots per inch

Answer: BExplanation:


- 60 -

The Dot pitch or the phosphor pitch is a measurement that indicates the diagonal distancebetween like-colored phosphor dots on a display screen. Dot phosphors arehardware-related. A smaller dot pitch indicates smaller distance between the phosphordots, which leads to a better image clarity. Resolution is a software concept and therefresh rate has nothing to do with how close the chemical dots are to one another.

QUESTION NO: 5You want to set the refresh rate of your monitor. Which of the following statementsis correct regarding a monitor's refresh rate?

A. The refresh rate used by the graphics adapter is also used by the attached monitor.B. You use MHz to express the refresh rate most often.C. The controls on the front panel of the monitor allow you to set the refresh rate of amonitor.D. The lower the resolution, the maximum is the refresh rate.

Answer: DExplanation:The refresh rate is related directly to the resolution of the image. The lower theresolution, the maximum is the refresh rate. The higher resolution images generally havelower refresh rates.Both the monitor and adapter have different refresh rates but they must agree on therefresh rate you select. If either device does not support a particular refresh rate, such arate cannot be used. You use cycles per second Hz to express the refresh rate most oftenThe refresh arte is selected from the display settings dialog pages, not through themonitor's built-in menu system.

QUESTION NO: 6You want to purchase a monitor for your computer. You have to choose between anLCD and a CRT monitor. You decided to find out the difference between both ofthem so that you can take a correct decision. Which of the following statements arecorrect about LCD monitors?

A. LCDs do not have a refresh rate but CRTs have.B. LCDs can display a larger range of resolutions where as CRTs cannot.C. LCDs are not as clear as CRTs at the same resolution.D. LCDs require more power than CRTs.


- 61 -

Answer: CExplanation:The statement LCDs are not as clear as CRTs at the same resolution is correct. This isbecause the LCDs are normally limited to a fixed, native resolution.LCDs do have a refresh rate. However, they are not regularly and systematicallyrefreshed the way CRTs are refreshed. LCDs require less power than CRT monitors andnot more. CRTs provide variability in resolution that LCDs can not provide because theyhave a fixed resolution.

QUESTION NO: 7You have recently installed Windows XP on your personal computer. After theWindows are installed, you tried to set the resolution of the monitor. However, youare unable to display a given resolution on a monitor. Which of the following can bethe reason of your problem?

A. The graphics adapter does not have enough memory installed.B. The video display unit does not have enough memory installed.C. You are using a CRT with a single fixed resolution.D. You have the refresh rate set too high.

Answer: AExplanation:You are unable to display a given resolution on a monitor because your graphic adapterdoes not have enough memory installed. The graphic adapter uses dedicated on-boardmemory, which is directly related to the number of pixels and colors that can bedisplayed at one time.

Video display unit does not have a memory installed in them. The LCD monitors have afixed resolution and not CRTs monitors. If the refresh rate is set too high then the refreshrate is automatically adjusted down when you select a resolution.

QUESTION NO: 8Which of the following video technology has a resolution of 1280×1024?

A. SVGA


- 62 -

B. SXGAC. HUXGAD. UXGAE. QXGA

Answer: BExplanation:SXGA has a resolution of 1280 ×1024. SVGA - 800 ×600, HUXGA - 6400 ×4800 andUXGA has resolution 1600 ×1200

QUESTION NO: 9What does a Q in display standards video resolution names, such as QSXGA,QUXGA, and QXGA, refer to?

A. The resolution of both the horizontal and vertical components has been quadrupled.B. The resolution is cut to one fourth.C. The faster technology.D. The resolution of both the horizontal and vertical components has been doubled.

Answer: DExplanation:The Q in display standards video resolution names, such as QSXGA, QUXGA, andQXGA, refer to quad. Even though the name suggests quad but the horizontal andvertical components are doubled and not quadrupled because the pixel count for eachaxis is only doubled, resulting in four times as many total pixels

QUESTION NO: 10Which of the following statements are correct in context with contrast ratio?

A. The contrast ratio is the ratio of luminance between the darkest and lightest colors thata system can displayB. A contrast ratio is used for CRT monitors and not for LCD monitorsC. The contrast ratio is the ratio of luminance between two adjacent pixelsD. The contrast ratio hat can be corrected through degaussing


- 63 -

Answer: AExplanation:The contrast ratio is a measure of a display system. It is a ratio of luminance between thedarkest and lightest colors that a system can display. The contrast ratio is used for LCDmonitors. A high contrast ratio is a desired aspect of any display, which means darkerblacks and brighter whites. The measure of luminance between adjacent pixels is knownas contrast, not contrast ratio. The contrast ratio hat cannot be corrected throughdegaussing, which is a process of decreasing or eliminating an unwanted magnetic field.

QUESTION NO: 11You want to send audio and video through the same cable. Which of the followinginterfaces would you use to send out audio and video over the same cablinginfrastructure?

A. VGAB. DVIC. HDMID. CompositeE. DVI-D

Answer: CExplanation:The HDMI (High-Definition Multimedia Interface) is a compact audio/video interfacethat allows the transmission of uncompressed digital data

QUESTION NO: 12Which of the following statements are correct in connection with connecting aDVI-A interface to a DVI-D interface on a peripheral?

A. Connect DVI-A interface with a DVI-D interface using DVI-I cableB. Connect DVI-A interface with a DVI-D interface using a cable that is terminated onboth ends with a DVI-A connector and DVI-D connector respectively.C. You should not interconnect DVI-A interface with a DVI-D interfaces.D. Connect DVI-A interface with a DVI-D interface using a standard DVI cable.


- 64 -

Answer: CExplanation:You should not interconnect DVI-A interface with a DVI-D interfaces because analogand digital DVI interfaces are too disparate to interconnect. The DVI-I cables cannotconvert the analog signal to a digital signal.

QUESTION NO: 13You have recently upgraded your Windows XP computer to Windows Vista. Younow want to set refresh rate to be used between the graphics adapter and monitor inWindows Vista. Which properties tab Windows Vista Display Settings dialog boxallows you to set the refresh rate?

A. AdapterB. MonitorC. AdvancedD. Display Settings

Answer: BExplanation:The Monitor tab in Windows Vista Display Settings dialog box allows you to set therefresh rate. You need to go to the Advanced Settings button on this tab to set the refreshrate.

QUESTION NO: 14You are an employee in TestKing Inc. You have to make a presentation in front ofyour team members and immediately after that you need to make yourself availablefor a conference call. You are using a video projector for the presentation and youneed to ensure that you switch off the video projector and lock the presentationroom before leaving for the conference call. While switching off the video projector,which of the following things you should take care of?

A. You should not unplug the projector's power cableB. You should not unplug the projector's video cable from your laptopC. You should not turn off the power to the projectorD. You should not turn off your laptop


- 65 -

Answer: AExplanation:While switching off the video projector you should be careful about not unplugging theprojector's power cable because this stops the power to the projector before the projectorcan cool the unit. This may damage the projector irreparably or may lead to expensiverepairs on the projector.

QUESTION NO: 15You have Windows Vista running on your computer. After making a fewconfiguration changes, when you restarted your computer, you noticed that yourdisplay is appearing in a resolution of 640×480. Which of the following is causing aresolution to 640×480?

A. The resolution of your monitor is set to SVGA.B. You have not modified BIOS with the new memory that you have added to yourgraphics adapter.C. The resolution of your monitor is set to XGA.D. You have booted your computer in the Safe Mode.

Answer: DExplanation:When you restarted your computer you noticed that your display is appearing in aresolution of 640×480 because you might have booted your computer in the Safe Mode.The Safe Mode disables all nonessential drivers and services due to which the driver forthe graphics adapter is disabled.

QUESTION NO: 16On your Windows XP computer, you have modified some display settings.Unfortunately you made wrong modification to the display settings. Which of thefollowing statements depict the results of improper display settings?

A. The improper display settings can cause computer to reboot spontaneously.B. The improper display settings can cause the graphics adapter to automatically choosethe highest supported resolution.


- 66 -

C. The improper display settings may cause the incomplete view of the desktop. Youmay need to scroll to see parts of the Desktop.D. The improper display settings cause the mouse cursor to change or disappearpermanently.

Answer: CExplanation:The improper display settings may cause the incomplete view of the desktop. You mayneed to scroll to see parts of the Desktop. This is because you might have modified thescreen resolution. However, your monitor might maintain its optimal hardwareresolution, such as an LCD's native resolution, and force you to scroll to see any pixelscreated by the chosen software resolution that it cannot fit on the hardware screen at thatparticular moment.

QUESTION NO: 17You are using a LCD monitor and you have recently found out that LCD monitorsuse a single, fixed resolution. Which of the following terms can be used to define thesingle, fixed resolution of an LCD monitor?

A. Native resolutionB. Default resolutionC. Refresh rateD. Burned-in resolutionE. Single resolution

Answer: AExplanation:The single, fixed resolution of an LCD is called the native resolution.

QUESTION NO: 18You want to increase the productivity of your computer by configuringmultimonitor settings on your computer. Which of the following statements arecorrect in context with multimonitor settings?

A. You can connect multiple monitors to your computer by using two graphics adapterthat supports two video interfaces


- 67 -

B. The multimonitor settings can merge two different Desktops onto the same monitor.C. The multimonitor settings can connect two laptops together in such a way that theycan display the same DesktopD. The multimonitor settings allow you to display different parts of your Desktop ondifferent monitors.

Answer: DExplanation:The multimonitor settings allow you to display different parts of your Desktop ondifferent monitors. This is because these settings allow you to clone your settings andextend your desktop onto the second monitor. The two adapters don't have the sameexpansion-bus architecture so you can connect multiple monitors to your computer byusing two graphics adapter that supports two video interfaces.

QUESTION NO: 19You are planning to purchase an LCD monitor for your personal computer. Youhave recently heard about the characteristics of LCD monitor that leads to bestperformance in LCDs? Which of the following characteristics would you choose toachieve the best LCD performance?

A. Active matrixB. Passive matrixC. Dual matrixD. Dual scanE. Active scan

Answer: AExplanation:Active Matrix used in LCDs leads to best performance and crisp display in LCDs. This isbecause in Active Matrix each pixel has its own transistor transistors that can generate itsown light. This leads to brighter and crisp display and allows the screen to be viewed bymultiple viewers. With Passive matrix you are unable to see the screen unless you aredirectly in front of it. Dual scan is merely an enhanced form of passive matrix. Dualmatrix and Active scan are not a type of LCD.

QUESTION NO: 20


- 68 -

You want to find out the widescreen resolutions of a 16:10 aspect ratio?

A. 1280×1024B. 1920×1200C. 800×600D. 2048×1536

Answer: BExplanation:1920×1200 is an example of List of 16:10 Widescreen Resolutions. The list of 16:10Widescreen Resolutions is:Resolution - Aspect ratio1440x900-----16:101680x1050-----16:101920x1200-----16:102560x1600-----16:103840x2400-----16:107680x4800-----16:10

QUESTION NO: 21You want to use the degaussing tool to improve the color around the edges for yourCRT Monitor. At which of the following locations can you find the best degaussingtool for modern CRT monitors?

A. The best degaussing tool can be found at a computer specialty shopB. The best degaussing tool can be found at a consumer electronics storeC. The best degaussing tool can be found built into the monitorD. The best degaussing tool is a freeware download

Answer: CExplanation:The best degaussing tool can be found built into the monitor. The built in degaussing toolis designed to work with the monitor, in which it is found. External degaussing tools maybe effective but can be a little hard on the delicate inner workings of the CRT.

QUESTION NO: 22


- 69 -

What of the following types of signal is used between the adapter and VGAmonitor?

A. DigitalB. AnalogC. CompressedD. Composite

Answer: BExplanation:The analog signals are used by VGA monitors.

QUESTION NO: 23On the display of an LCD screen, which of the following measurements can you useto measure the difference between the darkest color and the lightest color?

A. Native resolutionB. Contrast ratioC. LuminescenceD. Ambient brightnessE. Ambient Contrast

Answer: BExplanation:To measure the difference between the darkest color and the lightest color on the displayof an LCD screen, you need to use the contrast ratio measurement.The native resolution is the amount of pixels that can be displayed at an LCD screenwithout distortion.

QUESTION NO: 24Which of the following display types are more susceptible to magnetic interference?

A. Touchscreen overlay panelB. CRTC. LCD


- 70 -

D. LCD projector

Answer: BExplanation:The display type that is more susceptible to magnetic interference is the cathode ray tube(CRT) display. In this type of display technology the screen image is painted by electronbeams generated on the inner surface of the screen. Magnetic field in the CRT monitorsteer the electron beams, as they scan the faceplate. Any electrical equipment thatgenerates magnetic fields such as speakers can affect the electron beam path and createmagnetic interference.

QUESTION NO: 25The video resolution can be described as______________.

A. The number of colors that can be display at one time in a pixelB. The transistor(s) that control each pixelC. The brightness between pixelsD. The number of pixels displayed in columns and rows measurement

Answer: DExplanation:The video resolution can be described as the number of pixels displayed in column androw measurement.

QUESTION NO: 26How does a CRT monitor different than an LCD monitor?

A. CRT monitors use less powerB. CRTs weigh less.C. CRTs can be degaussed.D. CRTs cannot produce a sharper and higher-quality image.

Answer: CExplanation:


- 71 -

The difference between a CRT monitor and an LCD monitor is that CRTs can bedegaussed because they have magnetic properties and LCDs cannot be degaussed.LCDs use less power and weighs than CRTs less but cannot display an image as sharpand pure as that a CRT.

QUESTION NO: 27You want to improve the sharpness of the display unit of your computer. Which ofthe actions would you take?

A. You should increase the refresh rate of the monitorB. You should increase the resolution of the monitorC. You should reduce the refresh rate of the monitorD. You should reduce the contrast of the monitor

Answer: AExplanation:To improve the sharpness of the display unit of your computer, you should increase therefresh rate of the monitor, as long as the monitor supports the selected rate.

QUESTION NO: 28On the LCD monitor of your computer, you want to achieve the optimal imagequality. Which of the following actions should you take?

A. Set the refresh rate to the highest refresh rate supported by the graphics adapter.B. Set the contrast to the highest setting.C. Set the resolution to the native resolution.D. Set the contrast to the lowest setting.

Answer: CExplanation:To achieve the optimal image quality on your LCD monitor, you must set the resolutionto the native resolution.Setting the refresh rate to the highest refresh rate supported by the graphics adapter willnot work because the monitor must support the refresh rate chosen. Contrast should beadjusted until the image looks best. Setting it to maximum or minimum will not producethe desired results.


- 72 -

QUESTION NO: 29You have recently purchased a CRT monitor for your computer. Whenever, youstart it you always hear a short buzzing sound. However, the monitor works fine.Which of the following is the reason of buzzing sound in the monitor?

A. The buzzing sound shows a problem with the monitor. It should be serviced orreplaced.

B. The buzzing sound indicates that the monitor is degaussing itself.C. The buzzing sound indicates that the refresh rate that the graphics adapter is using is

not compatible with the monitor.D. The buzzing sound occurs because the residual static electricity on the screen gets

discharged.

Answer: BExplanation:The buzzing sound indicates that the monitor is degaussing itself. The new CRT monitorsare equipped with a self-degaussing feature that activates whenever the monitor ispowered on. The degaussing is done by CRTs to increase the display quality avoid theneed to perform a manual degaussing.

QUESTION NO: 30You want to set the refresh rate of your monitor. Which of the following statementsdo you think is correct about the refresh rate of a monitor?

A. The refresh rate has nothing to do with the quality of the displayed image.B. The monitor supports a refresh rate as long as it is supported by the graphics adapter

of the system.C. You can use Device Manager to adjust the refresh rate.D. To set a refresh rate it is necessary that both the monitor and graphics adapter support

a given refresh rate.

Answer: DExplanation:


- 73 -

The statement "To set a refresh rate it is necessary that both the monitor and graphicsadapter support a given refresh rate" is correct. If the monitor does not support the refreshrate set by the adapter their will be either no image or a flickering image displayed. Ifvice versa happens then the monitor displays an "out of range" error until the rate isadjusted to a supported one.The refresh rate is adjusted through Display Properties in Windows XP and DisplaySettings in Vista. It is not adjusted through the Device Manager.

QUESTION NO: 31You want to use analog video technology monitor for your computer. Which of thefollowing types of monitor technology would you use?

A. MonochromeB. CGAC. EGAD. VGA

Answer: DExplanation:To use analog video technology monitor for your computer, you need to use VGAtechnology. The other options are older digital technologies.

QUESTION NO: 32_____________is the standard resolution of VGA technology

A. 320 x 200B. 640 x 350C. 640 x 480D. 800 x 600

Answer: CExplanation:640 x 480 is the standard resolution of VGA technology.CGA's resolution was 320 x 200, EGA's was 640 x 350, and SVGA resolution is 800 x600.


- 74 -

QUESTION NO: 33While reading about the refresh rates, you get to know some facts about interlacing.Which of the following facts are most accurate about interlacing?

A. The interlacing technique combines two separate screen images at the same time.B. Video quality is deteriorated in interlaced refresh rates as compared to noninterlaced

refresh ratesC. In interlacing the odd-numbered rows are displayed, but the even-numbered rows are

not displayed.D. Interlacing is used by all video adapters all the time.

Answer: BExplanation:The most correct statement about Interlacing is that Video quality is deteriorated ininterlaced refresh rates as compared to noninterlaced refresh rates. During Interlacing therefresh rate is doubled because only half the screen is redrawn at a time.

The usual refresh rate for interlaced operation is 87 Hz, which corresponds to 43.5 Hz ofreal refresh given the half-screen interlacing.

Although interlacing produce less flicker than the large amount you would see innon-interlaced, it still produces flicker compared to even a regular 60 Hz non-interlacedmode. The user often perceives this as an annoying flicker.

QUESTION NO: 34You have purchased a KVM switch. Which of the following interfaces would beavailable to you on the input side of the KVM switch?

A. PS/2, VGA, USBB. DB25, DB9, PS/2C. PS/2, DB9, USBD. PS/2, DB25, VGA



- 75 -

The interfaces that are usually available to you on the input side of the KVM switchinclude PS/2, VGA, and USB.

QUESTION NO: 35You are the newly appointed desktop support technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. You receive a call from a user named Kara Lang who wishes to knowthe device that will allow her to use multiple workstations with a single monitor.


A. You should inform Kara Lang that it can be accomplished via KVM.B. You should inform Kara Lang that it can be accomplished via a graphics adaptor.C. You should inform Kara Lang that it can be accomplished via a capture card.D. You should inform Kara Lang that it can be accomplished via a USB hub.

Answer: A

QUESTION NO: 36You work as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com network consists of asingle Active Directory domain named testking.com. You receive an instruction toconnect an LCD monitor to a desktop. You need to determine the most appropriatedisplay connection that will accomplish this.


A. Your best option would be to make use of CGA.B. Your best option would be to make use of DVI.C. Your best option would be to make use of S-Video.D. Your best option would be to make use of USB.E. Your best option would be to make use of VGA.

Answer: B, E


- 76 -

QUESTION NO: 37TestKing.com has employed you as a desktop support technician at TestKing.com.The TestKing.com help desk requested that you help them address the problemsthat the users are reporting to them. A user named Mia Hamm reports that herdesktop is smaller than usual and that a large black border is around the desktop onthe monitor. You need to make sure that the desktop of the user is fixed as soon aspossible.

What should you do?

A. You should inform a technician to make the necessary configuration changes in theDisplay Settings in Device Manager.

B. You should inform a technician to change to a lower resolution.C. You should inform a technician to demagnetize the user and restart the monitor.D. You should inform a technician to make the necessary configuration changes to the

Display Settings on the monitor.

Answer: D

QUESTION NO: 38You are the newly appointed technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.comnetwork consists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. A userlogs a call stating that the monitor is acting up and the image shakes many times.You check the asset register and notice that it is the last CRT monitor. Thecompany is currently replacing all the CRT monitors with LCD monitors.

What should you do?

A. You should ask the user whether someone moved the monitor recently.B. You should inform the user that you know the cause of the problem and inform her to

degauss the monitor.C. You should empathize with the user and inform her that an LCD monitor will be sent

to her as soon as possible.D. You should ask the user to bring her monitor to your department and you will swap it

for an LCD monitor.

Answer: C


- 77 -

QUESTION NO: 39You work as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com network consists of asingle Active Directory domain named testking.com. You discover that as soon asthe resolution is increased the amount of available color drops from 32-bit to 16-biton an old machine. You need to determine the reason for this occurrence.


A. A possible cause could be that the graphics card jumpers need to be reconfigured.B. A possible cause could be that there is insufficient free space on the hard drive.C. A possible cause could be that the monitor needs replacement with a newer model.D. A possible cause could be that there is too little memory available for the display

adapter.

Answer: D

QUESTION NO: 40You work as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com network consists of asingle Active Directory domain named testking.com. You are in the process ofconnecting a projector to your notebook computer. After the connection youdiscover that no screen is displayed. You check and verify that the projector isswitched on.

What should you do?

A. Your best option would be to enable the projector by going into Device Manager.B. Your best option would be to make use of the correct function toggle key in order to

switch display mode.C. Your best option would be to reboot the notebook computer in order for the system to

automatically select the projector to start.D. Your best option would be to select F1 in order to shift the display to the projector.

Answer: B


- 78 -

Section 8: Install and configure peripherals and input devices (26Questions)

QUESTION NO: 1You want to update the PC ports of your computers with bidirectional PC parallelports as per the standards specified by IEEE 1284. Which of the following standardsare specified by IEEE 1284? (Choose two).

A. RS-232B. EPPC. ECPD. FireWireE. USB

Answer: B, CExplanation:The new parallel port standard - IEEE Standard 1284-1994 is based on the originalCentronics Standard Parallel Port (SPP) specification, and includes the Enhanced ParallelPort (EPP) and Extended Capabilities Port (ECP) for Bidirectional parallel ports can bothtransmit and receive data. The standard parallel port only transmits data out of thecomputer and cannot receive data. FireWire is specified by IEEE 1394. IEEE 1284 doesnot specify serial protocols, such as RS-232 and USB.

QUESTION NO: 2You want to use a simple common plug-in serial connector on the back of yourcomputer to perform digital video transfers. Which of the following port typeexternal bus standard would you use that was originally developed by Apple and iscurrently the optimal interface for digital video transfers?

A. DVDB. USBC. IEEE 1394D. IEEE 1284E. IEEE 1290

Answer: C


- 79 -

Explanation:IEEE 1394 standard was originally developed by Apple and was used with trademarkedname FireWire. Other companies use other names, such as i.link and Lynx, to describetheir 1394 products. A single 1394 port can be used to connect up 63 external devicesand is ideal for devices that need to transfer high level of data in real-time, such as videodevices. This is because it is not only high speed but also supports isochronous data,which means delivering data at a guaranteed rate.

QUESTION NO: 3You generally need to connect various devices such as digital cameras, printers,personal media players, and flash drives to your personal computer. You need touse a port type which is expandable using hub. Which of the following peripheralport type is expandable using a hub, operates at 1.5MBps, and can be used toconnect various devices you want to connect to your computer?

A. DVD 1.0B. USB 1.1C. IEEE 1394D. IEEE 1284E. IEEE 1290

Answer: BExplanation:Universal Serial Bus (USB) is a set of interface specifications for high speed wiredcommunication between electronics systems peripherals and devices with or withoutPC/computer. The major goal of USB was to define an external expansion bus to addperipherals to a PC in easy and simple manner. USB version 1.1 supported two speeds, afull speed mode of 12Mbits/s and a low speed mode of 1.5Mbits/s. It is now the mostused interface to connect devices like mouse, keyboards, PDAs, game-pads and joysticks,scanners, digital cameras, printers, personal media players, and flash drives to personalcomputers.

QUESTION NO: 4Which of the following peripheral port type would you use to allow high speedstransfer of data at over a D-sub interface?

A. DVD


- 80 -

B. USB 1.1C. USB 2.0D. IEEE 1394E. IEEE 1284

Answer: DExplanation:ECP parallel port, which is a part of IEEE 1284 standard, defines the use of a DMAchannel and the buffer to be able to transfer data at high speeds at over a D-sub interface.

QUESTION NO: 5A friend of yours suggested you to check the hot swappable capability of theperipheral device that you are going to buy. Which of the following options is thefeature of hot-swappable devices?

A. Hot-swappable devices can be inserted or removed without the need to turn off thepower.B. The Hot-swappable devices can be removed after stopping the operating system evenwith the power applied.C. Hot-swappable devices are hot to touch and therefore care must be taken whileswapping the devices.D. The hot-swappable devices device can be swapped immediately after powering downthe system while they are still hot.

Answer: AExplanation:The hot swappable devices are the devices that can be attached or detached from acomputer or any other electronic device without rebooting the computer and switchingoff the power of the system. However, these devices need to be stopped in the operatingsystem before being removed. The most commonly used hot swappable devices are USBdevices. These devices have nothing to do with the heat level of the device.

QUESTION NO: 6You are an IT technician is TestKing Inc. The company wants to implement anauthentication device in the company that can use unique physical traits of the userto authenticate them and allow entrance in the office?


- 81 -

A. Barcode readerB. Biometric deviceC. KeyboardD. Touch screenE. Touch Pad

Answer: BExplanation:Biometric input devices are the most secure methods to authenticate users with theirunique physical traits. This method uses fingerprint or facial scans and iris or voicerecognition to identify users. A biometric scanning device takes a user's biometric dataand converts it into digital information, which can be interpreted and verified by acomputer.

QUESTION NO: 7Which of the following types of input devices roughly uses the same connector?(Choose 2)

A. Barcode readerB. PS/2 keyboardC. MIDID. Touch screenE. AT keyboard

Answer: C, EExplanation:MIDI devices and original AT keyboard use a same kind of a 5-pin DIN connector.

QUESTION NO: 8Which of the following pointing devices consist of a ball held by a socket containingsensors to detect a rotation of the ball? The device also has buttons on the top and aflat, steady surface on the bottom.

A. MouseB. TouchpadC. TrackballD. Trackpad


- 82 -

E. Keypad

Answer: CExplanation:The trackball is a pointing device that consists of a ball held by a socket containingsensors to detect a rotation of the ball. The device also has buttons on the top and a flat,steady surface on the bottom. It is sort of stationary mouse that allows fast scrolling inany direction. There is no such thing as a trackpad.

QUESTION NO: 9Which of the following laptop input device was released with the IBM ThinkPadseries of laptops?

A. TouchpadB. Optical storageC. TrackPointD. Trackball

Answer: CExplanation:The laptop input device released with the IBM ThinkPad series of laptops is TrackPointpoint stick.

QUESTION NO: 10Which of the following is the input device used in laptop, is flat in surface, andallows you to use your finger on it to control the mouse pointer?

A. TouchpadB. TouchballC. TouchpointD. TouchwayE. None of the other alternatives apply

Answer: A


- 83 -

Explanation:The input device that is used in laptop, is flat in surface, and that allows you to use yourfinger on it to control the mouse pointer is called the touchpad.

QUESTION NO: 11You want to use a hot-swappable device on your PC. Which of the following devicescan you use?

A. PS/2 keyboardB. USB mouseC. DDR3 DIMM moduleD. PCIe graphics adapterE. AT keyboard

Answer: BExplanation:You should use USB mouse. The USB-attached devices are the examples ofhot-swappable devices. These devices can be plugged in and removed from the computersystem to which they are attached, while the power is still on.

QUESTION NO: 12You are the newly appointed desktop support technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. During the course of the day you receive a query from a user wantingto know the interface that will only support one device per port.

What should you do?

A. You should inform the user that Bluetooth only support one device per port.B. You should inform the user that USB 1.1 only support one device per port.C. You should inform the user that RS-232 only support one device per port.D. You should inform the user that SCSI only supports one device per port.

Answer: C


- 84 -

QUESTION NO: 13You are in the process of selling a workstation over the Internet. It is important thatthe original hard drive information is not supplied to the aspiring buyer.

What should you do?

A. Your best option would be to reformat the hard drive to a clean state.B. Your best option would be to erase the hard drive using a disk wiping program.C. Your best option would be to expose the computer components close to a large

magnet.D. Your best option would be to run FDISK on the hard drive.

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 14You work as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com network consists of asingle Active Directory domain named testking.com. You are in the process ofconfiguring biometric devices.

What should you not do?

A. A true negative error is very dangerous when configuring biometric devices.B. A false negative error is very dangerous when configuring biometric devices.C. A false positive error is very dangerous when configuring biometric devices.D. A true positive error is very dangerous when configuring biometric devices.

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 15You work as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com network consists of asingle Active Directory domain named testking.com. You are in the process ofinstalling a program that makes use of a security dongle. You discover that theprogram will not work. You thus need to determine the reason for this error.


- 85 -

What should you do?

A. The program will not work since the OS does not support security dongles.B. The program will not work since you failed to install the hardware dongle.C. The program will not work since OS does not support the software.D. The program will not work since the software was installed properly.

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 16You are the newly appointed desktop support technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. A TestKing.com user named Kara Lang contacted the Help desk toreport some problems that prevents her from carrying out her duties. She informsyou that numbers appear on the screen of the laptop when certain keys are pressed.You need to resolve this issue as quick as possible.

What should you do?

A. You should inform her that the ToggleKeys option is enabled.B. You should inform her that the NumLock option is enabled.C. You should inform her that the FilterKeys option is enabled.D. You should inform her that the StickyKeys option is enabled.

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 17TestKing.com has employed you as a technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. During the course of the day you receive an instruction from the CIOto decode NTSC/PAL signals from an external source. To accomplish this task youneed to determine the appropriate audio/video device that will achieve this.

A. You should make use of a Sound card.


- 86 -

B. You should make use of a TV tuner card.C. You should make use of a Graphics card.D. You should make use of a Video capture card.

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 17TestKing.com has employed you as a technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. During the course of the day you receive an instruction from the CIOto decode NTSC/PAL signals from an external source. To accomplish this task youneed to determine the appropriate audio/video device that will achieve this.

A. You should make use of a Sound card.B. You should make use of a TV tuner card.C. You should make use of a Graphics card.D. You should make use of a Video capture card.

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 18TestKing.com has employed you as a desktop support technician at TestKing.com.The TestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. During the course of the day you receive a call from a user who wantsto know the I/O devices that can be daisy chained together. The user also informsyou that the device has to be ended at the last device.

What should you do?

A. You should identify a USB I/O device.B. You should identify a Serial I/O device.C. You should identify a SCSI I/O device.D. You should identify a Parallel I/O device.


- 87 -

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 19You are employed as a senior technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.comnetwork consists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. You arein the process of informing the new interns what makes use of multiple disks inorder to create one functional drive with parity spanning all the disks.


A. You should inform the interns that RAID 10 will accomplish this.B. You should inform the interns that RAID 5 will accomplish this.C. You should inform the interns that RAID 1 will accomplish this.D. You should inform the interns that RAID 0 will accomplish this.

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 20You work as a desktop support technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.comnetwork consists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. A usercalls the helpdesk to determine the device he needs to stop at the last device in orderfor the other devices to function.

What should you do?

A. You need to stop the Serial at the last device.B. You need to stop the SCSI at the last device.C. You need to stop the Parallel at the last device.D. You need to stop the IDE at the last device.

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 21


- 88 -

You work as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com network consists of asingle Active Directory domain named testking.com. You are in the process ofexplaining to the new interns the maximum transfer speed that can be obtained on aSATA interface.


A. A SATA interface can achieve a maximum transfer speed of 150Mbps.B. A SATA interface can achieve a maximum transfer speed of 300Mbps.C. A SATA interface can achieve a maximum transfer speed of 400Mbps.D. A SATA interface can achieve a maximum transfer speed of 800Mbps.

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 22You are employed as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com networkconsists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. There are bothdesktop and laptop workstations in operation at TestKing.com. You receive aninstruction from the CIO to install a shock resistant hard drive on a workstationnamed TESTKING-SR01.

What should you do?

A. Your best option would be to install a SCSI drive with proper terminated ends.B. Your best option would be to install a PATA hard drive.C. Your best option would be to install a Solid state hard drive.D. Your best option would be to install a SATA hard drive with a rubber gasket.

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 23TestKing.com has employed you as a technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. You receive an instruction from management to ensure that thenetwork is able to support full-duplex communications.


- 89 -

What should you do?

A. Your best option would be to add a Modem to the network.B. Your best option would be to add an Ethernet hub to the network.C. Your best option would be to add a Switch to the network.D. Your best option would be to add a Firewall to the network.

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 24You work as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com network consists of asingle Active Directory domain named testking.com. During the course of the dayyou receive an instruction from management to add an additional connector to themobile computer of the marketing manager. You thus need to determine the correctbus slot you need to use in order for the mobile computer to be able to support thenew Network Interface Card.

What should you do?

A. A mobile computer will have the AGP bus slot available.B. A mobile computer will have the SODIMM bus slot available.C. A mobile computer will have the PCMCIA bus slot available.D. A mobile computer will have the SATA bus slot available bus slot available.

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 25You are the newly appointed desktop support technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. You receive an inquiry from a user who wishes to know the amount ofdevices he is able to daisy chain to an IEEE 1394 port.

What should you do?

A. You should inform the user that he is able to daisy chain 7 devices.B. You should inform the user that he is able to daisy chain 15 devices.


- 90 -

C. You should inform the user that he is able to daisy chain 63 devicesD. You should inform the user that he is able to daisy chain 127 devices.

Answer: CExplanation:IEEE 1394 standard was first developed by Apple. It was used with trademarked nameFireWire. Other companies make use of other named such as i.link and Lynx, to describetheir 1394 products. A single 1394 port can be used to connect up 63 external devicesand is ideal for devices that need to transfer high level of data in real-time, such as videodevices. This is because it is not only high speed but also supports isochronous data,which means delivering data at a guaranteed rate.

QUESTION NO: 26You work as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com network consists of asingle Active Directory domain named testking.com. During the course of the weekyou receive an instruction from the CIO to install a RAID array that contains twohard drives as well as the best performance. You thus need to determine theappropriate RAID level where you should implement the array.

What should you do?

A. Your best option would e to implement it on RAID 4.B. Your best option would e to implement it on RAID 1.C. Your best option would e to implement it on RAID 0.D. Your best option would e to implement it on RAID 6.

Answer: C

Section 9: Summarize the function and types of adapter cards (11Questions)

QUESTION NO: 1


- 91 -

What type of expansion slot is preferred today for high-performance graphicsadapters?

A. AGPB. PCIeC. PCI-XD. PCIE. PCMCIAF. ISA

Answer: BExplanation:PCI Express (Peripheral Component Interconnect Express), also known as PCIe (orPCI-E), is an expansion slot that is designed to replace the older PCI, PCI-X, and AGPstandards for video adapters. PCIe is the latest standard for expansion cards that isavailable on mainstream personal computers.

QUESTION NO: 2You are an IT technician in TestKing Inc. You have been asked to add a NIC to auser's computer. For which of the following categories of adapters would you useNIC?

A. Multimedia adaptersB. I /O adaptersC. Communications adaptersD. Video adaptersE. Display adapters

Answer: CExplanation:NICs or Network interface cards are used in communication ports so that computers canbe connected to other computers/devices. The communications adapter uses NIC.

QUESTION NO: 3


- 92 -

You are an IT technician in TestKing Inc. You have been asked to install USB portsto a system. Which of the following category of adapters would you use to installUSB ports to a system?

A. Multimedia adaptersB. I /O adaptersC. Communications adaptersD. Video adapters

Answer: BExplanation:The USB ports are the input/output ports. Therefore to install USB ports to a system, youneed an I/O adapter with USB ports on it.

QUESTION NO: 4You are an IT technician in TestKing Inc. You have been asked to find out theadapter that has an RJ-11 jack built in computer. Which of the following categoriesof adapters has an RJ-11 jack built in?

A. ModemB. VideoC. SoundD. NIC

Answer: AExplanation:The RJ-11 jack is built into Modems. This jack provides support for the Public SwitchedTelephone Network (PSTN) interface.

QUESTION NO: 5Which of the following is the most widely used, fastest, and most modern interfacethat is used these days for expansion purpose in laptop computers and desktopcomputers both to connect external peripherals, such as printers, digital cameras,web cams, and scanners.

A. ParallelB. PS/2


- 93 -

C. USBD. ATA

Answer: CExplanation:USB interface is most widely used, fastest, and most modern interface that is used thesedays for expansion purpose in laptop computers and desktop computers both. It is moreflexible as compared to PS/2 that also allows connection of external peripherals.

QUESTION NO: 6Which type of PC Card or PCMCIA slot is most versatile and is most often used forexpansion devices like NICs, sound cards, modems, and wireless networking?

A. Type IB. Type IIC. Type IIID. Type IV

Answer: BExplanation:The Type II cards are most versatile and are most often used for expansion devices likeNICs, sound cards, modems, and wireless networking. They introduced a 32-bit data pathand expanded the PC Card's versatility. The original Type I cards, which incorporated a16-bit data path, were introduced for memory expansion.

QUESTION NO: 7Which of the following expansion interfaces allow peripheral devices to beconnected to computer, is capable of operating in both USB and PCIe modes, anduses serial communications?

A. ExpressCardB. CardBusC. Mini PCID. FireWireE. PC Card


- 94 -

Answer: AExplanation:The ExpressCard is an interface that allows peripheral devices to be connected tocomputer, is capable of operating in both USB and PCIe modes, and uses serialcommunications. It supports both PCI Express and USB connectivity through theExpressCard slot besides this card is hot-pluggable. CardBus supports USB 1.1 and PCIonly. Mini PCI is PCI, not PCIe. PC Card is a slot for expansion devices.

QUESTION NO: 8Which of the following components is the common example of PCMCIA Type IIIcards?

A. MotherboardsB. Sound cardsC. Network adaptersD. Hard drivesE. None of the other alternatives apply

Answer: DExplanation:The common example of PCMCIA Type III cards is hard drives.Sound cards and network adapters are examples of PCMCIA Type II cards. Andmotherboards are not available as PCMCIA cards

QUESTION NO: 9Which of the following types of connectors is used by the Mini PCI IIIA standard?

A. 100-pin card edgeB. 100-pin stackingC. 124-pin card edgeD. 124-pin stackingE. 125-pin stacking



- 95 -

The Mini PCI IIIA uses a 124-pin card edge connector.Mini PCI standards IA, IB, IIA, and IIB use 100-pin stacking connectors.

QUESTION NO: 10The thickness of PCMCIA Type II cards is________________.

A. 3.3 millimetersB. 5 millimetersC. 10.5 millimetersD. 12.5 millimeters

Answer: BExplanation:The thickness of PCMCIA Type II cards is 5 millimeters. For Type I cards it is 3.3millimeters, and for Type III cards the thickness is 10.5 millimeters.

QUESTION NO: 11You work as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com network consists of asingle Active Directory domain named testking.com. You receive an instructionfrom management to install RAID on a workstation. You thus need to determine theappropriate adapter cards you need to install.


A. Your best option would be to install USB.B. Your best option would be to install SCSI.C. Your best option would be to install SATA.D. Your best option would be to install IEEE 1394.

Answer: B, C

Section 10: Install, configure and optimize laptop components andfeatures (13 Questions)


- 96 -

QUESTION NO: 1You want to purchase a laptop computer that resembles a paper notebook the mostin its design and function. Which of the following kind of laptops would youpurchase?

A. LuggableB. TabletC. NetbookD. Notebook

Answer: BExplanation:The Tablet PC resembles a paper notebook the most in its design and function. It has aflip-around screen and can be held like a large notebook. It also allows you to write notesdirectly on the screen with a special pen called stylus.

QUESTION NO: 2You know that PC Cards is a small form-factor adapter for your personalcomputer. You want to find out the software on which PC Cards depend in order tooperate? (Choose two.)

A. Cardmember ServicesB. Card ServicesC. Modem ServicesD. Socket ServicesE. PC Services

Answer: B, DExplanation:PC Cards depend on Socket Services and Card Services to operate. These services are thekey elements of its software architecture. Socket Services is a BIOS level softwareinterface that provides a way to access the PCMCIA sockets (slots) of a computer andSocket Services identify the number of sockets in a system and detects the insertion orremoval of a PC Card when the system is powered on. PC Services is nothing.


- 97 -

QUESTION NO: 3You have a laptop computer. While you are not travelling, you want to use it as adesktop computer. You want to use desktop devices, such as full-size keyboard andmonitor on your laptop. Which of the following devices allow you toplug in commoncomputer peripherals to your portable computer?

A. Docking stationB. Keyboard, video, mouse (KVM) switchC. Print serverD. USB hubE. Expansion card

Answer: AExplanation:The Docking station is a platform that allows you to host desktop componentspermanently. It provides slots for expansion cards, connectors for peripheral devices, andbays for storage devices. Once a portable computer is inserted in a docking station itbehaves like a desktop computer.

QUESTION NO: 4Which of the following input devices in laptop allows you to slide across your fingerto control the cursor?

A. TouchpadB. TrackballC. Point stickD. Mouse

Answer: AExplanation:The touchpad is the input device built in laptops that allow you to slide across your fingerto control the mouse pointer by dragging your finger across the surface.

QUESTION NO: 5


- 98 -

You are looking for a small notebook computer. Which of the following memorytypes do you think are used in small notebooks because they have the smallest formfactor?

A. RIMMB. DIMMC. MicroDIMMD. SODIMM

Answer: CExplanation:MicroDIMM is the memory type that has the smallest form factor. SODIMM which havepredominately been used in notebooks are now replaced by MicroDIMM. SODIMM andMicroDIMM the common laptop small-form factor memory standards. From the two,MicroDIMM is smaller.

QUESTION NO: 6The display unit of your laptop does not seem to work. To resolve the problem youtoggled the LCD cutoff switch then you tried to attach an external monitor to thelaptop but that too did not help. What should you do now to resolve the problem?

A. Reinstall the video driver.B. Replace the LCD display unit.C. Try to use another external monitor.D. Change the video card.

Answer: DExplanation:If display unit of your laptop does not seem to work even after attaching external monitorto it, it's likely a problem with the video card.You can't reinstall the video driver because you can't see anything. Replacing the screenor trying another monitor will not help because you have already tried.

QUESTION NO: 7


- 99 -

TestKing.com has employed you as a senior technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. The marketing manager is assigned a notebook computer with adocking station. This notebook computer is wired into a local network. Themarketing manager wants the notebook computer to switch to the wirelessconnection automatically as soon as it is removed from the docking station.

What should you do?

A. This can be accomplished using Wireless Zero Configuration.B. This can be accomplished using the Roaming profile.C. This can be accomplished using the Hardware profile.D. This can be accomplished using the Driver signing.

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 8You have been assigned to the TestKing.com help desk to aid all the TestKing.comusers who experience trouble with their workstations. There are both desktop andlaptop workstations in operation at TestKing.com. A TestKing.com user namedKara Lang contacted the Help desk to reporting that the mouse icon is not movingin the direction when pointed to the screen when she makes use of tablet PC.

What should be done?

A. Your best option would be to calibrate the touch screen.B. Your best option would be to replace the mouse.C. Your best option would be to replace the touch screen.D. Your best option would be to reinstall the mouse drivers.

Answer: A

QUESTION NO: 9


- 100 -

You work as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com network consists of asingle Active Directory domain named testking.com. During the course of the dayyou receive an instruction from management to remove the USB device on anotebook computer.

What should you do?

A. This can be accomplished by switching off the notebook computer. Thereafter the USB device can be switched off.

B. This can be accomplished by stopping the USB device. Thereafter the device can be removed from the notebook computer.

C. This can be accomplished by removing the hardware in the Control Panel.D. This can be accomplished by removing the driver from Device Manager.

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 10You are employed as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com networkconsists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. You receive aninstruction to upgrade a user's workstation in order to have a faster wireless LANconnection. At present the user make use of a 54MB wireless LAN connection.

What should you do?

A. Your best option would be to upgrade to an 802.11g wireless card.B. Your best option would be to upgrade to an 802.11n wireless card.C. Your best option would be to upgrade to an 802.11b wireless card.D. Your best option would be to upgrade to an 802.11a wireless card.

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 11


- 101 -

You are employed as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com networkconsists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. During the courseof the day you receive an instruction from the CIO to identify a cost effective way tomeet the security requirements as well as decrease internal password resetting costson desktops and mobile computers.

What should you do?

A. This can be accomplished by implementing a smart card reader.B. This can be accomplished by implementing a portable face recognition reader.C. This can be accomplished by implementing hand recognition software.D. This can be accomplished by implementing a biometric fingerprint reader.

Answer: D

QUESTION NO: 12You are employed as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com networkconsists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. You receive aninstruction from management to install a cellular modem card on a mobilecomputer. You thus need to identify the appropriate expansion slot in order toaccomplish this task.

What should you do?

A. Your best option would be to make use of the AGP 4X expansion slot.B. Your best option would be to make use of the PCIe X16 expansion slot.C. Your best option would be to make use of the ISA expansion slot.D. Your best option would be to make use of the PCMCIA expansion slot.

Answer: D

QUESTION NO: 13You are employed as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com networkconsists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. You are in theprocess of explaining to the newly appointed technicians where they will findCardbus interfaces.


- 102 -


A. It is mainly found on Cell phones.B. It is mainly found on Notebooks.C. It is mainly found on PDAs.D. It is mainly found on Desktop PCs.

Answer: B

Section 11: Install and configure printers (47 Questions)

QUESTION NO: 1The laser printer applies a voltage to the paper to transfer the toner to the paper inan EP process. Select the amount of voltage that is applied in this process.

A. +600VDCB. -600VDCC. +6000VDCD. -6000VDC

Answer: AExplanation:The image is transferred from the drum to the paper at its line of contact with the use of acorona roller with +600VDC voltage.

QUESTION NO: 2Which of the following types of printers are called the page printers? (Select all thatapply.)

A. Daisy wheelB. Dot matrixC. Bubble-jetD. LaserE. Thermal printers


- 103 -

Answer: C, DExplanation:The bubble-jet and the laser printers are called the page printers because the completepage is transmitted to a drum before the toner is applied. They print one page at a time.

QUESTION NO: 3You want to purchase a printer for your computers. Your hardware vendor toldyou about the Universal Serial Bus (USB) printer interface. However, one of yourfriends, who were already using it, suggested you not to go for USB printerinterface. Which of the following is the downside of using a USB printer interface?

A. The USB printer interface has a higher transfer rate than a serial connection.B. The USB printer interface has a higher transfer rate than a parallel connection.C. The USB printer interface automatically recognizes new devices.D. The USB printer interface does not allow easy sharing.

Answer: DExplanation:The Universal Serial Bus (USB) printer interface is designed mainly to be connected to asingle computer, but you mostly need to share it with other computers. The onlydownside to this is that it is difficult to share the printer with other computers. The printeron which computer is attached should be switched on if you want to print from any othercomputers as it acts as a print server, and any print job needs to go through this.

QUESTION NO: 4Which of the following types of printers would you use to print multipart forms?

A. Bubble-jet printersB. Laser printersC. Thermal printersD. Dot-matrix printersE. Daisy Wheel printers

Answer: D


- 104 -

Explanation:The Dot-matrix printers are the only printers that allow you to print multipart forms. It isthe only printer that handles the thickness of these documents and print through all thelayers. It's also ideal for printing large quantities of mailing labels, envelopes, reports, orpacking labels.

QUESTION NO: 5Which of the following steps in the EP print process uses laser diodes to dischargean invisible electric image to the selected areas of the photosensitive drum, thusforming an image on the drum?

A. WritingB. TransferringC. DevelopingD. CleaningE. ConditioningF. Fusing

Answer: AExplanation:The writing step in the EP print process uses laser diodes to discharge an invisibleelectric image to the selected areas of the photosensitive drum, thus forming an image onthe drum.

QUESTION NO: 6Which of the following languages are known as page-description languages? (Selectall that apply.)

A. Page Description Language (PDL)B. PostScriptC. PageScriptD. Printer Control Language (PCL)

Answer: B, DExplanation:


- 105 -

The Page Description Language (PDL) is a language that describes the layout andcontents of a printed page. PostScript and PCL are the most commonly usedpage-description languages. There is nothing like PDL or PageScript languages.

QUESTION NO: 7During EP Process what voltage does the corona wire or corona roller use totransfer the image from the drum to the paper?

A. +600VDCB. -600VDCC. 0VDCD. -100VDC

Answer: AExplanation:During EP Process +600VDC of voltage is used by corona wire or corona roller totransfer the image from the drum to the paper.

QUESTION NO: 8Which of the following devices contain printhead in a bubble jet printer?

A. Ink cartridgeB. Toner cartridgeC. Daisy wheelD. Paper tray

Answer: AExplanation:A bubble-jet printer is any printer that fires extremely small droplets of ink onto paper tocreate an image in the form of letters or graphics. This ink is fired through Ink Cartridge.Toner cartridge are used in Laser toner cartridges contain dry ink (toner). Laser toners aremuch larger and more expensive than inkjet ink and more difficult to recycle.


- 106 -

A daisy print wheel is a device around which is a set of print characters that make atyping impression on paper. A Paper tray is a storing tray holding a stack of sheets ofpaper for feeding into a printer includes opposite paper guides one of which is adjustablerelative to the other for varying the spacing between the paper guides.

QUESTION NO: 9What is the correct sequence of steps that are followed in the EP print process usedin laser printing?

A. Developing, writing, transferring, fusing, charging, cleaningB. Charging, writing, developing, transferring, fusing, cleaningC. Transferring, writing, developing, charging, cleaning, fusingD. Cleaning, charging, writing, developing, transferring, fusing

Answer: DExplanation:The EP print process follows the following steps in sequence: cleaning, charging,writing, developing, transferring, and fusing.

QUESTION NO: 10What is the number of standard assemblies used by a laser printer that uses theelectrophotographic process?

A. FiveB. SixC. FourD. Nine

Answer: DExplanation:There are nine standard assemblies that are used by a laser printer that uses theelectrophotographic process.


- 107 -

QUESTION NO: 11You want to understand the working of Laser printer and the components of EPlaser printer toner cartridge. Which of the following is not the component of EPlaser printer toner cartridge?

A. TonerB. Print drumC. LaserD. Cleaning blade

Answer: CExplanation:The EP laser printer toner cartridge contains toner, print drum, and cleaning blade. TheLaser is not a part of toner cartridge. Rather it is a part of the printer. The toner cartridgeuses toner to print a page. The cleansing blade is used to clean the used toner off thedrum. The print drum helps in printing by holding the static charge when it is notexposed to light.

QUESTION NO: 12You want to understand the working of Laser printer. You know that there are sixstages involved in EP printing process. Which of the following statements explainthe working of the development stage of EP printing?

A. An electrostatic charge is applied to the drum to attract toner particles.B. Heat is applied to the paper to melt the toner.C. The laser creates an image of the page on the drum.D. An electrostatic charge is applied to the paper to attract toner particles.

Answer: AExplanation:In the development stage, an electrostatic charge is applied to the drum to attract tonerparticles. The developing roller uses a magnet and electrostatic charges to attract toner toitself and then transfers the toner to the areas, on the drum that are exposed to the laser.Toner is applied to the drum by the particles being transferred to the areas of positivecharge


- 108 -

QUESTION NO: 13You want to purchase a printer. You have come to know about the variousinterfaces in which printers are available. Which of the following interfaces can beused for printers? (Select all that apply.)

A. ParallelB. Mouse portC. SerialD. NetworkE. USB

Answer: A, C, D, EExplanation:Printers can communicate via parallel, serial, USB, infrared, SCSI, 1394b, wireless, andnetwork connections.

QUESTION NO: 14You know that it is easy to compare papers of differing brands using the same basissheet size for the same type of paper. However, same basis weight for a sheet ofcommon copy paper does not ensure the same mass as the same size sheet differ inpaper types. What is size of paper for the basis weight of 500 sheets of bond paper inpounds?

A. 81?2×11 inchB. 11×17 inchC. 17×22 inchD. 81?2×17 inch

Answer: CExplanation:In countries that use United States paper sizes, the basis weight is used measure thedensity of paper. The size of paper is 17×22 inch for the basis weight of 500 sheets ofbond paper in pounds.

QUESTION NO: 15


- 109 -

Which of the following type of printers have wheel that looks like a flower withpetals and where on each petal a letter, a digit, or a symbol is embossed?

A. Bubble-jet printersB. Daisy-wheel printerC. Dot-matrix printerD. Laser printerE. Thermal printers

Answer: BExplanation:A daisy-wheel printer smashes an inked ribbon against paper. It uses a device called adaisy wheel that contains artificial daisy flower made of plastic or metal. Each of thepetals on the flower contains an embossed character. The hammer bangs on the petalhaving a letter against the ribbon to print the letter.

QUESTION NO: 16In laser printer printing process a voltage is supplied to charge and transfer coronaassemblies. Which of the following parts of a laser printer supplies the voltages tocharge and transfer corona assemblies?

A. High-voltage power supply (HVPS)B. DC power supply (DCPS)C. Controller circuitryD. Transfer coronaE. Corona roller

Answer: AExplanation:The High-voltage power supply (HVPS) in laser printers supplies the voltages to chargeand transfer corona assemblies.

QUESTION NO: 17During the EP process in laser printers, which of the following parts of printer getsthe toner from the drum onto the paper?


- 110 -

A. Laser-scanning assemblyB. Transfer fusing assemblyC. Transfer corona assemblyD. Paper transport assemblyE. Drum

Answer: CExplanation:During the EP process in laser printers the transfer corona assembly gets the toner fromthe photosensitive drum onto the paper. Some printers use transfer corona wire and someother use transfer corona roller for the same purpose.

QUESTION NO: 18Which of the following steps use a different method to perform the same stepdifferently in LED page printers and laser printers in EP process?

A. WritingB. ChargingC. FusingD. CleaningE. DevelopingF. Transferring

Answer: AExplanation:The Writing step is performed differently in LED page printers and laser printers in EPprocess. This is because they both use different method to write on drum.

QUESTION NO: 19In the EP process of laser printer printing, which of the following steps comesimmediately after the writing step?

A. ChargingB. FusingC. Transferring


- 111 -

D. Developing

Answer: DExplanation:Developing comes immediately after the writing step. In the Writing step a laser beamwrites to the EP Drum to charge some portions of the drum positively and in Developingstep the toner is applied to the positive charged areas of the drum.

QUESTION NO: 20During the EP process of printing, which of the following assemblies permanentlypresses the toner into the paper?

A. Transfer coronaB. FuserC. Printer controller circuitryD. Paper transport assembly

Answer: BExplanation:The fuser assembly permanently presses the toner into the paper by melting the tonerduring the process. The transfer corona transfers the toner from the drum to the paper. Itdoes not press the toner into the paper. The printer controller circuitry converts the PCsignals into various printer assembly signals. The paper transport assembly has nothing todo with writing on paper it controls the movement of the paper through the printer.

QUESTION NO: 21During which of the following phases in EP process in laser printer a uniformcharge of 600VDC is applied to the EP drum?

A. ConditioningB. ChargingC. DevelopingD. TransferringE. Writing


- 112 -

Answer: BExplanation:During the charging phase in EP process in laser printer a uniform charge of 600VDC isapplied to the EP drum. The charging corona applies a uniform 600VDC charge to thephotosensitive drum to make the drum ready for the image to be written to it.

QUESTION NO: 22During which of the following phases in EP process in laser printer the toner meltsonto the paper?

A. WritingB. ChargingC. FusingD. TransferringE. Developing

Answer: CExplanation:During the fusing phase in the EP process in laser printer the toner melts onto the paper.The drum is charged according to the print pattern and after that the toner is applied tothe drum, which then melts and fused to the paper by using heat.

QUESTION NO: 23Which of the following facts have made the USB connection, a popular choice forprinters as compared to a parallel or a serial connection? (Select all that apply.)

A. A USB connection is capable of recognizing new devices automatically.B. A USB connection can transfer data at a higher transfer rate.C. A USB connection can transfer data at a higher transfer rate as compared to a serial

connection.D. A USB connection allows the printer to communicate with networks, servers, and

workstations.

Answer: A, B, CExplanation:


- 113 -

The facts have made the USB connection, a popular choice for printers as compared to aparallel or a serial connection are the transfer rate and the capability to automaticallyrecognize new devices.The printer communicates with the networks, servers, and workstations using thenetwork printer interface and not the USB connection.

QUESTION NO: 24Which of the following printers contains a printhead that trigger a row of pins,when it moves across the paper to form letters and numbers?

A. Laser printerB. Daisy-wheel printerC. Dot-matrix printerD. Bubble-jet printerE. None of the other alternatives apply

Answer: CExplanation:The dot-matrix impact printer contains a printhead that triggers a row of pins, when itmoves across the paper to form letters and numbers.

QUESTION NO: 25After issuing the print command you had to wait for your print job to be printed. Inwhich of the following lines the print jobs wait to be printed?

A. Print spoolerB. Print queueC. Print serverD. Print line

Answer: BExplanation:The Print jobs wait in the print queue for their turn, when there are a few jobs to beprinted.


- 114 -

The print queue is located on the print server and the print spooler formats the print jobsto get them ready for printing. There is nothing called print line.

QUESTION NO: 26The network users using the printer reported that they never know where theirprint jobs start. Which of the following actions would you take to resolve theproblem?

A. Configure the printer to print a separator page.B. Configure the server to keep the printed documents.C. Configure the printer to print directly to the printer.D. Configure the printer to spool the print documents.

Answer: AExplanation:To enable users to find where their print jobs start it is important that you configure theprinter to print a separator page. The separator page will print at the beginning of eachprint job and users can differentiate between their print jobs.

QUESTION NO: 27During the EP process in laser printers, the charged photosensitive drum isdischarged to _______ VDC.

A. +600B. 0C. -100D. -600E. +100

Answer: CExplanation:During the EP process in laser printers, the charged photosensitive drum is discharged to-100VDC.


- 115 -

QUESTION NO: 28You are learning about the ink used in various types of printers. Which of thefollowing printers use a solid, wax form ink? (Select all that apply.)

A. Bubble-jetB. ThermalC. Solid-inkD. Dye-sublimation

Answer: B, CExplanation:The printers that use a solid, wax form ink are the Thermal printers and Solid-inkprinters. The Bubble-jet and dye-sublimation printers use liquid ink.

QUESTION NO: 29Which of the following interfaces can you use to connect a printer to yourcomputer? (Select all that apply)

A. USBB. infraredC. IDED. Shared network accessE. Parallel portF. All of the other alternatives apply

Answer: A, B, D, EExplanation:The interfaces can you use to connect a printer to your computer are USB, infrared,shared network address, and parallel port. Infrared is a cable-free method of connecting aprinter to the system. A parallel port has traditionally been used for a printer port andUSB is the most popular interface to be used for printers today. Shared network access isused to share a printer among many networked users.IDE cannot be used because it is an internal interface used to connect hard drives, CDdevices, and DVD devices.


- 116 -

QUESTION NO: 30Which of the following best describes the advantage/disadvantage of daisy-wheelprinters?

A. Daisy-wheel printers can print multipart formsB. Daisy-wheel printers are relatively inexpensiveC. The Print quality of daisy-wheel printers is quite similar to a typewriter.D. Speed of daisy-wheel printers is too less

Answer: DExplanation:The main disadvantage of daisy-wheel printers is that the speed of daisy-wheel printers istoo less when compared to the dot-matrix printer.

QUESTION NO: 31Which of the following services formats print jobs before printing them?

A. Print spoolerB. Print queueC. Print serverD. Print lineE. None of the other alternatives apply

Answer: AExplanation:The print spooler formats the print jobs to get them ready for the printer.

QUESTION NO: 32Which of the following types of connections can you use to connect an inkjetprinter? (Select all that apply.)

A. USBB. IDEC. IEEE 1232D. IEEE 1284


- 117 -

Answer: A, DExplanation:To connect an inkjet printer, you can either use USB connection or IEEE 1284connection. USB has recently replaced the IEEE 1284 standard, which is used for parallelprint cables and connectors.

QUESTION NO: 33_________________ is the most basic type of printer.

A. Impact printerB. Bubble-jet printerC. Laser printerD. Thermal printerE. Daisy Wheel printer

Answer: AExplanation:Impact printer is the most basic type of printer. All of the other types of printers weredeveloped after the impact printer.

QUESTION NO: 34Which laser printer component converts the signals from the computer into signalsfor various assemblies and is responsible for formatting the print job?

A. Corona assemblyB. DC power supplyC. Printer controller assemblyD. Formatter softwareE. Fuser

Answer: CExplanation:The printer controller assembly converts the signals from the computer into signals forvarious assemblies and is responsible for formatting the print job for the type of printerbeing used.


- 118 -

QUESTION NO: 35A user reported that all other users can print using the network printer except her.What should you suggest her to try first?

A. Print a test page from her computer.B. Print a test page from another user's computerC. Delete and reinstall the printer.D. Print a test page by using the printer's self-test.E. Try to print a MS word document.

Answer: AExplanation:If a printer is not working for a particular user then the first thing that you should try is toprint a test page from the computer which is unable to use the printer. If that does notwork then you may need to delete and reinstall the printer.Printing a test page using the printer's self-test will not lead you anywhere because it canonly tell that the printer is printing fine, which you already know. You should always usethe test page feature from the printer properties, not from an application, to test printing.

QUESTION NO: 36Which of the following printers would you use for printing on multi-part forms?

A. Impact printerB. Thermal printerC. Inkjet printerD. Laser printer

Answer: AExplanation:The Impact printer or dot matrix is the only printers that allow you to print multipartforms because they can handle the thickness of these documents and print through all thelayers.


- 119 -

QUESTION NO: 37You work as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com network consists of asingle Active Directory domain named testking.com. TestKing.com has a printernamed TESTKING-PR01 that has an integrated NIC. TESTKING-PR01 isconnected to a LAN. During the day you receive an instruction to installTESTKING-PR01 on numerous workstations.

What should you do?

A. Your best option would be to connect to it via a USB or IEEE 1394 cable.B. Your best option would be to connect to it through a TCP/IP port.C. Your best option would be to connect to it through a computer share.D. Your best option would be to connect to it via an ad.hoc wireless connection.

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 38TestKing.com has employed you as a desktop support technician at TestKing.com.The TestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. You are in the process of explaining to the new interns in thedepartment how an impact printer will operate.

What should you do?

A. You should inform them that it operates when heat melts the ink from the printheadonto the paper.

B. You should inform them that it operates with toner sticks in order to photoconductiveareas on a drum.

C. You should inform them that it operates when small wires strike and ink is transferredfrom the ribbon.

D. You should inform them that it operates when heat boils the water-based ink from theprinthead.

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 39


- 120 -

You are the newly appointed desktop support technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. During the course of the day you receive a query from a user wantingto which printers make use of a carbon film or an ink ribbon.

What should you do?

A. You should inform the user that an ink jet printer will utilize it.B. You should inform the user that an impact printer will utilize it.C. You should inform the user that a laser printer will utilize it.D. You should inform the user that a thermal printer will utilize it.

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 40You work as a desktop support technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.comnetwork consists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. Youreceive a call from a user who wants to know which printers in her department usesspecial paper for printing.

What should you do?

A. You should inform the user that a Color Laser printer use special paper.B. You should inform the user that an Inkjet printer use special paper.C. You should inform the user that a Laser printer use special paper.D. You should inform the user that a Thermal printer use special paper printer use special

paper.

Answer: D

QUESTION NO: 41You work as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com network consists of asingle Active Directory domain named testking.com. You completed the installationof a printer in your department. You want to print a test page to determine whetherthe settings are correct.


- 121 -

What should you do?

A. This can be accomplished by selecting Start. Then Control Panel should be selected. Thereafter System should be selected.

B. This can be accomplished by right-clicking My Computer. Thereafter Manage should be selected.

C. This can be accomplished by right-clicking on the printers' icon. Thereafter Properties should be selected.

D. This can be accomplished by selecting Start. Then Control Panel should be selected. Thereafter the Printer icon should be selected.

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 42TestKing.com has employed you as a technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. You are in the process of informing the new interns the type of printerthat makes use of an electrostatic charge in order to create an image of the pageonto a charged photoreceptor.


A. You should tell them that a Thermal printer makes use of an electrostatic charge.B. You should tell them that a Laser printer makes use of an electrostatic charge.C. You should tell them that an Impact printer makes use of an electrostatic charge.D. You should tell them that Ink dispersion printer makes use of an electrostatic charge.

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 43


- 122 -

You are the newly appointed a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.comnetwork consists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. You areattempting to print an important document when you notice a balloon in the systemtray indicating that a print job has failed. To ensure productivity you need toidentify the reason for this incident.

A. The error was caused because the printer failed to recognize the font.B. The error was caused because the paper needs to be refilled.C. The error was caused because the computer needs to upload the print job.D. The error was caused because the firmware of the printer needs to be updated.

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 44You are employed as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com networkconsists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. You are in theprocess of informing the new staff in the printing department what they will be ableto upgrade on a laser printer.


A. You are able to upgrade the hard drive on a laser printer.B. You are able to upgrade the fuser assembly on a laser printer.C. You are able to upgrade the corona wire on a laser printer.D. You are able to upgrade the RAM on a laser printer.E. You are able to upgrade the pickup roller assembly on a laser printer.

Answer: A, D

QUESTION NO: 45You are the newly appointed senior technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.comnetwork consists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. One ofthe managers in the marketing department request that you install a printer in thedepartment that will stamp the ink onto paper.

What should you do?


- 123 -

A. You should consider installing a Thermal printer.B. You should consider installing an Impact printer.C. You should consider installing a Laser printer.D. You should consider installing an Inkjet printer.

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 46You work as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com network consists of asingle Active Directory domain named testking.com. You are in the process ofexplaining to the new interns how a thermal transfer printer works.


A. This printer will operate when heat from the printhead boils a water-based ink.B. This printer will operate when the toner sticks to photoconductive areas on a drum.C. This printer will operate when small wires impact resulting in ink being squeezed

from the ribbon.D. This printer will operate when heat from the printhead transfers an image onto the

paper.

Answer: D

QUESTION NO: 47You are the newly appointed desktop support technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. A user calls the helpdesk to inquire the type of printer that will shootthe ink onto the paper.

What should you do?

A. You should inform the user that a Laser printer shoots ink onto paper.B. You should inform the user that an Impact printer shoots ink onto paper.C. You should inform the user that an Inkjet printer shoots ink onto paper.D. You should inform the user that a Dot Matrix printer shoots ink onto paper.


- 124 -

Answer: C

Topic 2: Troubleshooting, Repair and Maintenance (112Questions)

Section 1: Given a scenario, explain the troubleshooting theory (20Questions)

QUESTION NO: 1You have been called by an employee of the company to solve his computer relatedproblem. What should be your first step in troubleshooting the problem?

A. Document your findingsB. Identify the problemC. Establish a theoryD. Verify functionalityE. Test the Theory

Answer: BExplanation:The first step in troubleshooting the problem should be identifying the problem. Once theproblem is identified the theory of probable cause should be established. You should thentest the theory and then you should figure out a plan of action to resolve the problem.Once all this is done, you need to verify full system functionality and document yourfindings.

QUESTION NO: 2You have scheduled your system to run Normal backups on Sundays andIncremental backups on weekdays. On Wednesday after running the backup, whichof the following files would you find backed up?


- 125 -

A. All files that have changed since SundayB. All files that have changed since MondayC. All files that have changed since TuesdayD. All files on your computer

Answer: CExplanation:On Wednesday after running the backup, you will find all files backed up that havechanged since Tuesday. An incremental backup backs up only the files that have changedsince the last backup. Because the last backup here was on Tuesday so the incrementalbackup on Wednesday will back up only the files that were modified on Tuesday afterthe Tuesday backup.

QUESTION NO: 3When you make a normal or incremental backup of your files, which of thefollowing options gets cleared to show that the file was backed up?

A. Backup bitB. Archive bitC. System bitD. Copy bitE. None of the other alternatives apply

Answer: BExplanation:When you make a normal or incremental backup of your files, the archive bit getscleared, to show that the file was backed up.

QUESTION NO: 4You have been asked to troubleshoot a problem that network users are facing. Youdid some R&D and resolved the problem. Which of the following would be yourfinal step in the troubleshooting process?

A. Document findingsB. Identifying the problem


- 126 -

C. Establishing a theoryD. Verifying functionality

Answer: AExplanation:The final step in the troubleshooting process is document findings.The first step is to identify the problem then you need to establish a theory of probablecause, then test the theory, establish a plan of action to resolve the problem, verify fullsystem functionality, and in the end document your findings.

QUESTION NO: 5Which of the following file property tracks that the file needs to be backed up ornot?

A. Archive bitB. Backup bitC. Computer bitD. System bitE. No bit

Answer: AExplanation:The archive bit tracks that the file needs to be backed up or not. After the file is backedup the archived bit is modified. It is modified again when the file is modified to indicatethat the file is not backed up in its current state.Normal and incremental backups clear the archive bit.

QUESTION NO: 6After taking a normal backup of your computer last week, you now want to back uponly the files that have changed since then. Which of the following backup optionscan you choose? (Select all that apply.)

A. CopyB. IncrementalC. DifferentialD. Daily


- 127 -

Answer: B, CExplanation:To back up only the files that have changed since the last normal backup, you can useeither Incremental or differential backup.A copy will back up all files and the Daily backup will only back up files that have beenmodified that day.

QUESTION NO: 7Which of the following bits get modified after you take a differential backup of yourfiles?

A. Backup bitB. Archive bitC. System bitD. Nothing

Answer: DExplanation:A differential backup does not modify any bits. The normal and incremental backupmodifies the archive.

QUESTION NO: 8You are the newly appointed desktop support technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. You are in the process of troubleshooting an error when you identifythe likely cause. You need to determine the subsequent step that you should take.

What should you do?

A. Your next step should be to ask the user a few questions to determine whether theyknow what is wrong.

B. Your next step should be to create a plan of action in order to implement the solution.C. Your next step should be to document findings, actions and outcomes.D. Your next step should be to verify a full system functionality.


- 128 -

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 9TestKing.com has employed you as a technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. You just completed the repairing the workstation of one of the users.You need to identify the steps you have to take before returning the workstation tothe user.


A. You should explain to the user that the workstation will not function as it did before.B. You should document the system findings, actions as well as the outcomes.C. You should confirm full system functionality of the workstation as well as put into

practice preventative measures.D. You should explain the user how you fixed the workstation.

Answer: B, C

QUESTION NO: 10You are the newly appointed technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.comnetwork consists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. A userbrings her computer to the company for repairs. You need to need to identify thebest way to determine the user's problem.

What should you do?

A. Your best option would be to run the diagnostic software. Thereafter you need to verify your finding with another technician.

B. Your best option would be to ask the user open-ended questions in order to gather thesymptoms.

C. Your best option would be to obtain the contact details of the user. Then you can run a diagnostic test. Thereafter your findings should be verified with the user.

D.


- 129 -

Your best option would be to ask the user close-ended questions to ensure that the user isnot overwhelmed by all the jargon.

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 11You are employed as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com networkconsists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. There are bothdesktop and laptop workstations in operation at TestKing.com. You just completedresolving an error for a user. You thus need to determine your subsequent step thatyou should take.

What should you do?

A. Your next step should be to recreate the problem. Thereafter you can reapply your solution make sure that it operates properly.

B. Your next step should be to inform the user what you have done in order for the userto follow the same step if the error reoccurs.

C. Your next step should be to check whether the other parts of the systems are fullyoperational.

D. Your next step should be to return the system to the user.

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 12You have been assigned to the TestKing.com help desk to aid all the TestKing.comusers who experience trouble with their workstations. There are both desktop andlaptop workstations in operation at TestKing.com. A TestKing.com user namedAmy Walsh contacted the Help desk to reports her workstation no longer wants toturn on after returning from her lunch break.

What is the possible cause of the error?

A. You should inform her to clean the mouse and keyboard.B. You should inform her that the hard drive is in standby mode.C. You should inform her that a loose power cord might be the problem.


- 130 -

D. You should inform her that the operating system needs to be reloaded.

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 13You are the newly appointed technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.comnetwork consists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. Yourespond to a users call for assistance. You need to identify the best way to determinethe problem.

What should you so?

A. You should ask one of the coworkers of the user that the user informed them.B. You should ask the user to give details regarding problem and listen without

interrupting the user.C. You should ask the user to state the issue and stop the user when you have an idea on

how to fixing the problemD. You should ask the user to move out of the way in order for you to check for any

problems.

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 14TestKing.com has employed you as a technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. During the course of the day you receive an instruction to safeguard acomputer against ESD.


A. You should make use of Anti-magnetic screwdrivers.B. You should make use of an Anti-static mat.C. You should make use of a Ground.fault isolation outlet.D. You should make use of an Anti-static wrist strap.E. You should make use of a UPS.F. You should make use of a Thermal transfer compound.


- 131 -

Answer: B, D

QUESTION NO: 15You work as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com network consists of asingle Active Directory domain named testking.com. A user logs a call complainingthat she is unable to backup her data whereas she previously could. You ask theuser whether any changes were made to the system recently.

What should you do?

A. Your best option would be to have the backup restored to a new hard drive.B. Your best option would be to have a checklist of possible issues created.C. Your best option would be to have the software updated in order to check if it will

rectify the problem.D. Your best option would be to have the security log checked for error codes.

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 16You are employed as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com networkconsists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. There are bothdesktop and laptop workstations in operation at TestKing.com. You just completedresolving an error for a user. You thus need to determine your subsequent step thatyou should take.

What should you do?

A. Your next step should be to recreate the problem. Thereafter you can reapply your solution make sure that it operates properly.

B. Your next step should be to inform the user what you have done in order for the userto follow the same step if the error reoccurs.

C. Your next step should be to check whether the other parts of the systems are fullyoperational.

D. Your next step should be to return the system to the user.


- 132 -

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 17You are the newly appointed technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.comnetwork consists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. A userbrings her computer to the company for repairs. You need to need to identify thebest way to determine the user's problem.

What should you do?

A. Your best option would be to run the diagnostic software. Thereafter you need to verify your finding with another technician.

B. Your best option would be to ask the user open-ended questions in order to gather thesymptoms.

C. Your best option would be to obtain the contact details of the user. Then you can run a diagnostic test. Thereafter your findings should be verified with the user.

D. Your best option would be to ask the user close-ended questions to ensure that theuser is not overwhelmed by all the jargon.

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 18TestKing.com has employed you as a technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. You just completed the repairing the workstation of one of the users.You need to identify the steps you have to take before returning the workstation tothe user.


A. You should explain to the user that the workstation will not function as it did before.B. You should document the system findings, actions as well as the outcomes.C. You should confirm full system functionality of the workstation as well as put into

practice preventative measures.D. You should explain the user how you fixed the workstation.


- 133 -

Answer: B, C

QUESTION NO: 19You work as a technician at TestKing.com. You just completed the replacement of aclients failed keyboard that was packed of debris. You inform the client that thearea around the computer needs to be kept clean at all times.

What should you do next?

A. You should make a note of the issue as well as your findings, the actions that wastaken and the outcome.

B. You should have a routine follow up with the client to ensure that the computer area isclean.

C. You should let another technician peruse your findings to ensure that it is correct.D. You should report your findings to the superiors of the client.

Answer: A

QUESTION NO: 20You are the newly appointed desktop support technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. You are in the process of troubleshooting an error when you identifythe likely cause. You need to determine the subsequent step that you should take.

What should you do?

A. Your next step should be to ask the user a few questions to determine whether theyknow what is wrong.

B. Your next step should be to create a plan of action in order to implement the solution.C. Your next step should be to document findings, actions and outcomes.D. Your next step should be to verify a full system functionality.

Answer: B


- 134 -

Section 2: Given a scenario, explain and interpret commonhardware and operating system symptoms and their causes (33Questions)

QUESTION NO: 1You want to edit the registry values of your computer hardware. Which of thefollowing Registry hives would you search to find information about the computerhardware?

A. HKEY_CURRENT_MACHINEB. HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINEC. HKEY_MACHINED. HKEY_RESOURCESE. HKEY_CLASSES_ROOTF. HKEY_CURRENT_CONFIG

Answer: BExplanation:To find information about the computer hardware, you need to searchHKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE.HKEY_CURRENT_ MACHINE, HKEY_MACHINE, and HKEY_RESOURCES do notexist.

QUESTION NO: 2You opened your computer to add a sound card to it. While adding the sound cardyou noticed a discolored area on the motherboard. Which of the following can bethe cause of discolored area on the motherboard?

A. Spilled liquidB. Manufacturing FaultC. Power surgeD. UnderclockingE. Illegal Operation


- 135 -

Answer: CExplanation:A discolored area on the motherboard is often formed due to power surges that are causeddue to the overheating of the motherboard.

QUESTION NO: 3Which of the following cannot be considered as a common problem whiletroubleshooting Windows and applications?

A. General protection faultsB. Valid working directoryC. System lockupD. Illegal operationE. System does not boot

Answer: BExplanation:While troubleshooting Windows and applications, a valid working directory is not acommon problem. The common problem is an invalid working directory.

QUESTION NO: 4Which of the following is the diagnostic program built into the BIOS of a computer?

A. CMOSB. BIOSC. POSTD. DNS

Answer: CExplanation:The diagnostic program built into the BIOS of a computer is POST (Power-OnSelf-Test).


- 136 -

QUESTION NO: 5Which of the following error occurs when a program in Windows illegally accessesthe memory of another program?

A. General protection faultB. Windows protection faultC. Illegal operationD. System lock-upE. System does not start

Answer: AExplanation:When a program in Windows illegally accesses the memory of another program then ageneral protection fault (GPF) error occurs in Windows. It also occurs when a programtries to access a memory address which does not exist. This error usually happens due tothe sloppy programming and can be resolved by clearing the memory with a reboot.

QUESTION NO: 6Which of the following are the good sources of troubleshooting if the video card ofyour computer is not working? (Select all that apply.)

A. On another computer that uses the same video cardB. The website of the video card manufacturerC. The manuals that came with the Video cardD. The Server log for Problem descriptionE. The Event Log for Problem description

Answer: B, CExplanation:The places where you can troubleshoot your video card if it is not working aremanufacturer's websites and the manuals that came with the Video card.

QUESTION NO: 7Which of the following error message occurs when a program does somethingwrong and is forced to quit?


- 137 -

A. General protection faultB. Windows protection errorC. Illegal operationD. System lock-upE. System cannot start

Answer: CExplanation:When a program does something wrong and is forced to quit, the illegal operation errormessage appears with the details of the errors such as application module thatexperienced the problem, the memory location, and the registers of the processor at thetime of the error.

QUESTION NO: 8Which of the following is the name of the troubleshooting utility that comes withWindows XP and Windows 2000 to troubleshoot error conditions?

A. Windows DebuggerB. Problem Reports And SolutionsC. Windows SolutionsD. Dr. Watson

Answer: DExplanation:The name of the troubleshooting utility that comes with Windows XP and Windows 2000to troubleshoot error conditions is Dr. Watson. Windows Vista has replaced Dr. Watsonwith Problem Reports and Solutions.

QUESTION NO: 9One morning when you came to your office and switched on your computer, youheard a long beep sound followed by three short beeps and you computer did notboot and nothing showed up on the monitor. Which of the following can be thecause of the problem?

A. The video card is damaged.B. The motherboard is faulty.


- 138 -

C. The BIOS of the system is not functioning.D. The information to find out the problem is insufficient therefore you need to look upthe beep code to determine the problem.

Answer: DExplanation:The description of the problem is insufficient and you need to look up the beep code todetermine the problem. This is because different BIOS manufacturers use different beepcodes and you need to look into it to find the problem.The problem can be either video card or the motherboard but you can find the problemonly after going through the beep codes. The BIOS cannot be the problem because youheard the beep which indicates that the POST routine ran up.

QUESTION NO: 10You have recently installed a custom application on your computer. However afterinstalling the application it is constantly crashing. You tried to reboot the computerbut that too did not help. Which of the following options can fix the problem?

A. Reinstall the Operating System.B. Reinstall the application.C. Troubleshoot the application using the System Debugger.D. Restore a previous version of the application from a backup.

Answer: BExplanation:The easiest way to fix the constantly failing application is to install the application again.It may happen that the application is not installed properly due to which it is failing againand again.Reinstalling Windows will not help and there is no System Debugger tool that can helpyou to debug the application. Restoring from a backup will only restore the previousversion of the application if it is installed properly and it does not contain any missing orcorrupted files.

QUESTION NO: 11


- 139 -

One of your colleagues complained that she hears a constant rhythmic ticking soundwhen she turns her computer on and the computer does not boot up properly.Which of the following components would you suggest her that might be causing theproblem?

A. The motherboardB. The fanC. The hard driveD. The video cardE. The DVD drive

Answer: CExplanation:The problem can be with the hard drive. Although the components that have movingparts usually make noise, rhythmic ticking sound can only be generated by the harddrive.

QUESTION NO: 12One of your computers that you have not been using for quite sometime hassuddenly started giving random reboots and phantom problems after you havestarted to use it after three months. Which of the following actions should you taketo correct the problem?

A. Send the computer to the service center.B. Replace the old motherboard with a new one.C. Boot clean the computer.D. Replace the power supply.E. Clean the computer from inside after opening it and then reseat all cards and chips onthe motherboard.

Answer: EExplanation:A computer gives such problems when it is not clean from inside. The dust particles onthe internal components carry an electrical charge and cause such problems. To correctthe problem you must clean the computer from inside after opening it and then reseat allcards and chips on the motherboard.


- 140 -

QUESTION NO: 13Your CRT monitor is not working properly. To troubleshoot the monitor for itsfocus problem, you decided to check the high voltage at the anode of the CRT andproperly discharge voltage from the unplugged computer monitor. Which of thefollowing tools can you use for this purpose?

A. Antistatic wrist strapB. ScrewdriverC. High-voltage probeD. Power cordE. Antistatic Bag

Answer: CExplanation:To check the high voltage at the anode of the CRT and properly discharge voltage fromthe unplugged computer monitor, you need to use a high-voltage probe. It is designed totest high voltage circuit such as the picture tube of a Monitor and Television anddischarge voltage from it.

QUESTION NO: 14You are stuck, while troubleshooting and are unable to solve the problem. Which ofthe following sources of information can provide the best help? (Select all thatapply.)

A. Information on Manufacturer's websitesB. Information in Installation manualsC. Information in Training materialsD. Windows Help that appears on pressing the F8 key

Answer: A, B, CExplanation:If you are stuck you can find troubleshooting information on manufacturer's websites,installation manuals, and training materials.Windows Help can provide solutions, but that is accessed by pressing F1 and not F8.

QUESTION NO: 15


- 141 -

The phenomenon of gradually loosing of a chip from its socket as a result ofexpansion and contraction due to system heat up and cool down is called_________________.

A. Chip wiggleB. Chip flopC. Chip creepD. Unseating

Answer: CExplanation:The phenomenon of gradually loosing of a chip from its socket as a result of expansionand contraction due to system heat up and cool down is called Chip creep. This was aproblem in early PCs. To fix chip creep, users of older systems would often have toremove the case cover and push the loose chip back into the CPU socket

QUESTION NO: 16Whenever you switch on your computer, you hear a single beep sound. You doubtthat something is wrong with computer hardware and the computer might crash.Which of the following can be the problem with the computer?

A. There is no problem. The beep sound is normal.B. There is a problem of memory conflict.C. Some problem is detected by the system BIOS.D. The video card is failing.

Answer: AExplanation:A single beep sound is normal when the computer starts, so there is no problem. This isan indication by the BIOSs that everything checked is okay.However, if there is more than one beep then you need to check the beep code to find theproblem.

QUESTION NO: 17Which of the following software applications allows the communication between theoperating system and a hardware device?


- 142 -

A. APIB. Device driverC. HookD. Device enablerE. Device Manager

Answer: BExplanation:Device drivers allow the operating system to talk to a hardware device.

QUESTION NO: 18Which of the following statements are correct about the use of magnetic-tippedscrewdrivers inside computers?

A. Avoid the use of magnetic-tipped screwdrivers inside computers.B. You may use magnetic-tipped screwdrivers inside computers, but you should keep

them away from the processor.C. You may use magnetic-tipped screwdrivers inside computers, but you should keep

them away from the RAM.D. You may use magnetic-tipped screwdrivers inside computers only if they're of the

powered variety.

Answer: AExplanation:The statement "Avoid the use of magnetic-tipped screwdrivers inside computers" iscorrect because magnetic tools can damage data on disks that use a magnetic storagescheme.

QUESTION NO: 19After installing a network card into your Windows Vista computer and checking allthe network connections, you found the network card not working properly. Whichof the following troubleshooting step would you take to correct the problem?

A. Run Windows Update on the computer.


- 143 -

B. Uninstall and Reinstall Windows Vista.C. Remove Windows Vista and Install Windows XP.D. Update the device driver of the network card.

Answer: DExplanation:To troubleshoot this problem, you should update the device driver. Updating the devicedriver may help when an installed device isn't working properly.

QUESTION NO: 20While working on your computer, a strong odor started coming from the computer.What should you do?

A. Open the case of the computer and see if something has burned.B. Touch the case of the computer to see if it's hot to the touch.C. Turn the computer off.D. Smell the back of the monitor to ensure that monitor has not burned.

Answer: CExplanation:While working on your computer, if a strong odor starts coming from the computer thenyou should turn off the computer to give it a chance to cool down. You can then laterinspect for the damage.

QUESTION NO: 21You have recently replaced the SATA hard drive of you computer with a new SATAhard drive. However, after the replacement you noticed that the drive is hot to thetouch and is giving off a burning odor. Which of the following actions should youtake?

A. You should install a larger fan near the hard drive to cool it.B. You should clean the drive with compressed air and continue to use it.C. You should remove and replace the drive again.D. You should apply more thermal compound and reseat the drive.


- 144 -

Answer: CExplanation:The above scenario indicates that the hard drive being replaced is corrupt and damaged.Therefore, the drive must be removed and replaced again.

QUESTION NO: 22You want to purchase the hot pluggable hardware for your computer. Which of thefollowing hardware would you purchase? (Select all that apply).

A. eSATAB. Express Card/54C. PS/2 peripheralsD. MIDI devicesE. NICF. USB

Answer: A, B, FExplanation:The hot pluggable hardware that you can purchase for computer is eSATA, ExpressCard/54, and USB. External Serial Advanced Technology Attachment or eSATA is anexternal interface for SATA hard drive, Express Card/54, and USB is designed to allowusers to install and remove modules at any time, without having to switch off theirsystems.

QUESTION NO: 23You are employed as the technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com networkconsists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. You receive aninstruction from the CIO to store information regarding the accounts on one of theworkstations. You thus need to determine the registry keys that will store thisinformation.

What should you do?

A. All account information will be stored in HKEY_USERS.B. All account information will be stored in HKEY_ CURRENT_USER.C. All account information will be stored in HKEY_LOCAL MACHINE.D. All account information will be stored in HKEY_CURRENT_CONFIG.


- 145 -

Answer: A

QUESTION NO: 24You are employed as the desktop support technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. A junior technicians installed new hardware using the hardware CD.A TestKing.com user named Amy Walsh contacted the Help desk to report someproblems that prevents her from carrying out her duties. She states that the systemcrashed and that there was a loss of performance.

What should you do?

A. Your best option would be to disable the new hardware in Device Manager.B. Your best option would be to download and install the updated drivers for the device.C. Your best option would be to installing the device to a different port.D. Your best option would be to contact the vendor for an RMA.

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 25You work as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com network consists of asingle Active Directory domain named testking.com. You are in the process ofbooting up your computer when it displays MISSING NTLDR.

What should you do?

A. Your first step should be to remove all incompatible hardware.B. Your first step should be to disable plug and play in the BIOS.C. Your first step should be to install Windows Updates.D. Your first step should be to clear any removable disks from all drives then the

computer should be restarted.

Answer: D


- 146 -

QUESTION NO: 26You are the newly appointed technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.comnetwork consists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. You arein the process of troubleshooting a problem. You want to limit the number ofprograms on startup.

What should you do?

A. Your best option would be to make use of Task scheduler.B. Your best option would be to make use of Event Viewer.C. Your best option would be to make use of Device Manager.D. Your best option would be to make use of Configuration Utility.

Answer: D

QUESTION NO: 27You are the newly appointed technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.comnetwork consists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. Duringthe day a junior technician approaches you to identify what can be described as"identifying the underlying reason for the problem that occurred with the intentionof stopping similar problems from occurring in the future"

What should you inform the junior technician?

A. The statement describes problem analysis.B. The statement describes issue prevention.C. The statement describes root cause analysis.D. The statement describes efficiency tracking.

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 28


- 147 -

You have been assigned to the TestKing.com help desk to aid all the TestKing.comusers who experience trouble with their workstations. There are both desktop andlaptop workstations in operation at TestKing.com. A TestKing.com user namedAmy Walsh contacted the Help desk to reports that their department is missingWindows desktop icons and that the My Documents folder is empty.

What could be a possible cause for the error?

A. The error occurred since a user saved the files to another location.B. The error occurred because the local user profile is corrupt.C. The error occurred since a user unintentionally deleted the files.D. The error occurred because a user selected an alternate hardware profile.

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 29You have been assigned to the TestKing.com help desk to aid all the TestKing.comusers who experience trouble with their workstations. There are both desktop andlaptop workstations in operation at TestKing.com. A TestKing.com user namedAmy Walsh logs a complaint stating that her workstation does not completely bootand continues to reboot.


A. You need to ask Amy Walsh is new software updates was executed.B. You need to ask Amy Walsh to check whether the power cable on the monitor loose.C. You need to ask Amy Walsh whether the monitor was replaced.D. You need to ask Amy Walsh to check whether the power button is stuck.E. You need to ask Amy Walsh whether new hardware was recently installed.

Answer: A, E

QUESTION NO: 30


- 148 -

TestKing.com has employed you as a desktop support technician at TestKing.com.The TestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. During the course of the day a TestKing.com user named Amy Walshcontacted the Help desk to request that the device drivers for the modem on aMicrosoft Windows XP system be updated. A technician is dispatched with theappropriate updated drivers but is unable to install the drivers.

Why?

A. A possible reason could be that the modem is not recognized in Device Manager.B. A possible reason could be that the high encryption package is not installed.C. A possible reason could be that the account does not have the necessary permission to

install drivers.D. A possible reason could be that the modem is not operating properly.

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 31TestKing.com has employed you as a technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. Whilst upgrading the wireless network router you discover that a useris running a program that is not successfully connected to the network. You checkand confirm that the user have internet connectivity. Management wants you toresolve this problem with the program.

What should you do?

A. Your best option would be to have the program run as a local administrator.B. Your best option would be to have an exception added to the firewall for the program.C. Your best option would be to check for any updates to the program.D. Your best option would be to check the Hardware Compatibility List in order to

determine whether the program is incompatible with the OS.

Answer: A

QUESTION NO: 32


- 149 -

You work as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com network consists of asingle Active Directory domain named testking.com. During routine monitoring youdiscover that a fan on a power supply of one of the workstations is working.

What should you do?

A. You should consider having the voltage powering of the fan verified.B. You should consider having the entire power supply replaced.C. You should consider having the fan replaced.D. You should consider using the power supply until it fails.

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 33TestKing.com has employed you as a desktop support technician at TestKing.com.The TestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. A user logs a call stating that she hears a clock ticking sound that iscoming from her system. You need to determine the reason for the sound beingemitted.


A. The sound indicates a system clock feature.B. The sound indicates a failed fan.C. The sound indicates a failing hard drive.D. The sound indicates an under powered fan.

Answer: C

Section 3: Given a scenario, determine the troubleshootingmethods and tools for printers (17 Questions)

QUESTION NO: 1


- 150 -

Some of your team members complained that they are unable to print theirdocuments. To troubleshoot the problem, you checked the printer's connections.The connections were fine and the printer was online. Then you opened the printqueue and discovered some 50 print jobs. Which of the following tasks should youperform to fix the problem?

A. Use Printer Troubleshooting utility to diagnose the problemB. Stop and start the print spooler service again.C. Delete and install the printer again.D. Delete and reinstall the Windows.

Answer: BExplanation:To resolve the problem, you must stop and restart the print spooler service. Sometimesthe print jobs get stuck in the printer queue and restarting the printer spooler can clear thespooler.There is no Printer Troubleshooting utility and deleting and reinstalling the printer or theWindows is not required.

QUESTION NO: 2The project manager of your team wants you to configure the printer in such a waythat his print jobs are always first in the print queue. Which of the following optionswould you choose to accomplish this?

A. You cannot make such a configuration.B. Set the priority of the project manager's print jobs to 1 in the printer's properties andeveryone else's priority to 99 in the printer's propertiesC. Set the priority of the project manager's print jobs to 99 and everyone else's priority to1 in the printer's properties.D. By deleting printers and reinstalling the printers on user's computers and make sureyou install the printer of the project manager first.

Answer: CExplanation:You set the priority of print jobs for users by giving a higher priority number to the userwho needs jobs to be printed on priority and low priority number of other users. A higherpriority number means high priority.


- 151 -

QUESTION NO: 3You want to speed up the printing for your users. Which of the following optionswould you set to accomplish this?

A. Print Spooled Documents FirstB. Keep Printed DocumentsC. Separator PageD. Print Directly to the Printer

Answer: AExplanation:To speed up the printing for your users, you need to set the Print Spooled DocumentsFirst. This setting will allow the smaller jobs to print while the big job is spooling. Thebig job won't print until it has spooled. Once the big job is spooled, it will not take muchtime to complete the print job. Keeping printed documents does not affect printing speed.Separator pages slow down printing because it will print a cover sheet for each print job.

QUESTION NO: 4As a computer technician of your company, an employee has approached you with aproblem of poor quality printouts from his laser printer. To resolve the problemyou discussed the problem with the employee in detail and reviewed some printouts.Which of the following actions should you take next to troubleshoot the problem?

A. You should clean the toner cartridge.B. You should replace the paper being used.C. You should replace the fuser.D. You should print a test page.

Answer: DExplanation:The next action that you should take in this scenario is to print a Test Page to check thatthe printer can print the text and the graphics correctly. The test page also displays extrainformation about the printer such as the driver software version which can be used totroubleshoot problems.


- 152 -

QUESTION NO: 5The users of the shared network printer reported that they are unable to print theirprint jobs. To resolve the problem you checked the printer and found it online andprinting the configuration page. Which of the following can be cause of theproblem? (Select all that apply).

A. The improper functioning of QoS for printing over the LAN.B. The cartridge of the printer needs replacement.C. A job in error status is at the top of the print queue.D. The IP address of the printer has changed.E. New driver for the printer is released and need to be installed.

Answer: C, DExplanation:The possible cause of the problem in this case is that either a job in error status is at thetop of the print queue or the IP address of the printer has changed. Sometimes, certainprint codes in the file that is printing can confuse the print job and the job gets stuck inthe print queue. The printer would not start printing again till that print job is removedfrom the queue. Sometime if the IP address of the printer is changed you cannot print. Tofind this problem you can ping the printer from your computer.

QUESTION NO: 6Which of the following options would you choose to find the port that your printer iscurrently using?

A. Check the print queue from the system trayB. Open the Properties window of the printer from the Printers Control PanelC. Open the Print spooler view in the Printers Control PanelD. Check the Properties of the port that the printer is using from the Device Manager

Answer: BExplanation:To find the port that your printer is currently using, you need to open the properties of theprinter from the Printer's Control Panel


- 153 -

QUESTION NO: 7In order to print over a network, which of the below mentioned ports are valid?(Select all that apply)

A. USB 001B. \\computername\sharenameC. SNMPD. IP_ip_addressE. IEEE 1394

Answer: B, DExplanation:\\computername\sharename is a net command that manages network print jobs andIP_ip_address is a static IP address that is configured on a network printer so that it canbe seen on the network by a computer. This address can be verified from printer'sconfiguration.

QUESTION NO: 8You are the newly appointed desktop support technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. During the course of the day you receive a complaint from a userstating that he is not able to print to their local printer.

What should you do?

A. You should ask him if they removed and replaced the printer drivers before.B. You should ask him if you can redirect his workstation to a network printer until a

technician is able to resolve the error.C. You should inform him that you will log the complaint and a technician will be sent as

soon as one is available.D. You should instruct him to select Start and type CMD in the run line.

Thereafter he should type print TESTKING-PR01 in the box as soon as the blackwindow opens.

Answer: B


- 154 -

QUESTION NO: 9You work as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com network consists of asingle Active Directory domain named testking.com. You discover that one of thelaser jet printer in your department is jammed. To ensure productivity you need tomake sure that the printer is operational as soon as possible. To accomplish thistask you need to be aware of the safety procedures of TestKing.com prior torepairing the printer.

What should you take cognizance of?

A. You should be aware that the print fuser will be hot.B. You should be aware that the ink carriage might move.C. You should be aware that the laser will be hot.D. You should be aware that the print spooler is able to catch loose clothing.

Answer: A

QUESTION NO: 10You work as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com network consists of asingle Active Directory domain named testking.com. During the course of the dayyou receive an instruction from management to identify the components that areincluded in a laser printer maintenance kit.


A. The fuser is included in the maintenance kit.B. The duplexer is included in the maintenance kit.C. The transfer roller is included in the maintenance kit.D. The toner is included in the maintenance kit.E. The paper pickup rollers are included in the maintenance kit.F. The image drum is included in the maintenance kit.

Answer: A, C, E


- 155 -

QUESTION NO: 11You work as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com network consists of asingle Active Directory domain named testking.com. There are both desktop andlaptop workstations in operation at TestKing.com. You are responsible formanaging a workstation named TESTKING-WS01 that is configured Windows XP.You decide to delete a print job that is in the queue.

What should you do?

A. The best way to delete a print job is to follow the subsequent steps: Start > Settings > Printers and Faxes > Highlight the printer in question via a single click> Hit the Delete key and click OK

B. The best way to delete a print job is to follow the subsequent steps: Start > Settings > Printers and Faxes > Highlight the print job(s) in question > Hit thecontrol key once To initialize the operation > Hit the Delete key and click OK

C. The best way to delete a print job is to follow the subsequent steps: Start > Settings > Printers and Faxes > Open the printer queue box > Highlight the printjob(s) in Question > Hit the Delete key and click OK

D. The best way to delete a print job is to follow the subsequent steps: Start > Settings > Printers and Faxes > Highlight the print job(s) in question > Hit theDelete key and click OK

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 12You work as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com network consists of asingle Active Directory domain named testking.com. You need to determinewhether a printer named TESTKING-PR01 is on the company network.

What should you do?

A. Your best option would be to make use of ipconfig.B. Your best option would be to make use of ping.C. Your best option would be to make use of telnet.D. Your best option would be to make use of msconfig.

Answer: B


- 156 -

QUESTION NO: 13You are employed as the desktop support technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. A user calls the helpdesk inquiring the purpose of the Advanced Tabunder the Printer Properties.

What should you inform the user? (Choose all that apply.)

A. The Advanced Tab is used to delete ports.B. The Advanced Tab is used to indicate a separator page.C. The Advanced Tab is used to pause printingD. The Advanced Tab is used to spool print jobs as well as to start the print jobs

immediately.E. The Advanced Tab is used to set the printing defaults.F. The Advanced Tab is used to print a test page.

Answer: B, D, E

QUESTION NO: 14You are the newly appointed desktop support technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. There are both desktop and laptop workstations in operation atTestKing.com.

You receive a complaint from a user named Mia Hamm stating that she is unable toprint to their color network printer named TESTKING-PR01. Prior to going onvacation she was able to print on TESTKING-PR01 however, after returning towork she is only able to print to the black and white printer namedTESTKING-PR02. She also informs you that her colleagues are able to print toTESTKING-PR01. You thus need to identify the reason the user is experiencing thisproblem.


A. The problem is occurred as the permissions of Mia Hamm have changed and onlyadministrators are allowed to make use of TESTKING-PR01.


- 157 -

B. The problem is occurred since the address of the printer has changed and she has toremap their printer.

C. The problem is occurred as the DHCP service has to be restarted on her workstation.D. The problem is occurred as the print spooler service has to be restarted on the client

computer.

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 15You work as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com network consists of asingle Active Directory domain named testking.com. You receive an instructionfrom the CIO to ensure that two new users are able to print to a USB printer that islocally connected. You need to identify the fastest way to accomplish this task.

What should you do?

A. You should consider having a local print queue setup.B. You should consider sharing out the printer from the attached computer.C. You should consider acquiring an external Ethernet print card.D. You should consider relocating the computer.

Thereafter you need to attach it to the printer.

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 16TestKing.com has employed you as a desktop support technician at TestKing.com.The TestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. There are both desktop and laptop workstations in operation atTestKing.com. A user named Rory Allen logs a complaint that their network printernamed TESTKING-PR01 is continuously printing and had tried to power cycleTESTKING-PR01.

What should you do?

A. You should inform Rory Allen to access the print queue pause the printing jobs.B. You should inform Rory Allen to buy a new USB cable.


- 158 -

C. You should inform Rory Allen to restart the spooler service.D. You should inform Rory Allen to reboot the computer.

Answer: A

QUESTION NO: 17TestKing.com has employed you as a technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. There are both desktop and laptop workstations in operation atTestKing.com. You are in the process of installing a printer in your department.

What is the last step you should execute?

A. You should reboot the computer.B. You should execute a self-test page.C. You should cycle the power of the printer.D. You should print a test page.

Answer: D

Section 4: Given a scenario, explain and interpret common laptopissues and determine the appropriate basic troubleshooting method(10 Questions)

QUESTION NO: 1When you switched on your laptop this morning, you discovered that the display ofthe laptop is not working. Which of the following options would you choose totroubleshoot the video on your laptop? (Select all that apply)

A. Toggle the video output function key.B. Try to plug in an external monitor to the laptop.C. Try to detach the display unit of the monitor and then attach it again.D. Switch off the laptop and then switch it on again.


- 159 -

Answer: A, BExplanation:If the display of the laptop is not working, then you can try to toggle the video outputfunction key and plug in an external monitor to the laptop.Detaching and attaching the display unit is not recommended and switching the systemoff and on will not be of any help.

QUESTION NO: 2When you switched on your laptop this morning the display on the laptop appearswarped and fuzzy. To troubleshoot the problem you plugged in an external monitorand found the image appearing on it fine. Which of the following can be the cause ofthe problem?

A. The video cardB. The LCD displayC. The motherboardD. The video driver

Answer: BExplanation:The display on the laptop appears warped and fuzzy due to some problem with the withthe LCD displayThe video card, motherboard or the video driver cannot be the cause of the problembecause the image appeared fine with another monitor.

QUESTION NO: 3You charged the battery of your laptop last night but when you switched on yourlaptop in the morning it did not switch on. Which of the following actions would youperform first to troubleshoot the problem?

A. Switch on the laptop using the AC adapter.B. Replace the battery of the laptop and then switch it on.C. Toggle the battery power switch on the laptop, and then try to power it on.D. Send the laptop to the service center.


- 160 -

Answer: AExplanation:To troubleshoot the problem, you should first switch on the laptop using the AC adapterbecause the battery could have failed. Replacing the battery would be costly. There is nobattery power switch on laptops and there is no need to send the laptop to the servicecenter before troubleshooting the problem first.

QUESTION NO: 4Which of the following global states would you computer be in if it is fullyoperational?

A. G0B. G1C. G2D. G3

Answer: AExplanation:The fully operational global state of a computer is G0. G1 refers to sleep mode, G2 is softoff, and G3 is mechanical off.

QUESTION NO: 5In which of the following states would you send your Windows XP laptop, if youclick Start > Turn off Computer > Turn Off?

A. G0B. G1C. G2D. G3

Answer: CExplanation:If you click Start > Turn off Computer > Turn Off, you would send your laptop to G2state, which is a soft off and which happens when the operating system powers down acomputer.


- 161 -

The fully operational global state of a computer is G0. G1 refers to sleep mode, and G3 ismechanical off.

QUESTION NO: 6You had to suddenly leave your laptop to go somewhere. When you came back yourcomputer required to provide the password again. On logging you saw theprograms opened still running. In which of the following states is your laptop?

A. HibernateB. LockC. SleepD. Shut Down

Answer: BExplanation:Your laptop is in the Lock state. This state leaves programs running, but locks thecomputer and requires the user's password to be entered again before allowing you tocontinue with the same session.

QUESTION NO: 7Which of the following options keeps your laptop in low-power state and allows youto quickly resume the memory session that is stored in memory?

A. HibernateB. SleepC. Shut downD. Lock

Answer: BExplanation:The sleep option keeps your laptop in low-power state and allows you to quickly resumethe memory session that is stored in memory.

QUESTION NO: 8


- 162 -

You work as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com network consists of asingle Active Directory domain named testking.com. During the course of the day auser informs you that her notebook keypad is not functioning.

What should you do?

A. Your best option would be to update the keyboard drivers.B. Your best option would be to attach an external keyboard.C. Your best option would be to press ctrl + alt + delete on the keyboard.D. Your best option would be to re-install the OS.

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 9You are employed as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com networkconsists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. You aretroubleshooting a computer that shuts down after long periods of operation.

What should you first do?

A. You should check if the vents have any blockages.B. You should check the CPU seating.C. You should check the Hyperthreading settings.D. You should check the Ribbon cable seating.

Answer: A

QUESTION NO: 10TestKing.com has employed you as a technician at TestKing.com. You discover thatyour laptop is booting put is not showing the laptop display. You then decide to plugin an external monitor and the screen shows the display. You retry it on the laptopbut experience the same result.

What should you do?

A. Your first step should be to replace the video card inside the laptop.


- 163 -

B. Your first step should be to ensure that the laptop display is enabled.C. Your first step should be to replace the LCD inverter.D. Your first step should be to ensure that the most recent video drivers are installed on

the OS.

Answer: B

Section 5: Given a scenario, integrate common preventativemaintenance techniques (32 Questions)

QUESTION NO: 1On your Windows computer, which of the following utilities allows you to take aback up the files on the hard disks?

A. Disk ManagementB. BackupC. My ComputerD. Data SourcesE. Windows doesn't come with a backup program.

Answer: BExplanation:To take a back up the files on the hard disks, you need to use the Backup utility. Thisutility is available in all the versions of Windows, but has a different functionality in eachversion.

QUESTION NO: 2You want to rearrange the files on your physical hard disk in such a manner thatthey occupy contiguous chunks of space. Which of the following utilities will allowyou to do that?

A. Disk DefragmenterB. Windows ExplorerC. ScandiskD. Windows Backup


- 164 -

Answer: AExplanation:To rearrange the files on your hard disk in such a manner that they occupy contiguouschunks of space, you need to use Disk Defragmenter.Windows Explorer allows you to cut, copy, and paste files but does not allow you tomanage the location of the files on the physical hard disk. Scandisk checks the hard diskfor errors and Windows Backup backs up the files.

QUESTION NO: 3You opened your computer system to upgrade it. However, you found a lot of duston the motherboard and electronic connectors on expansion cards. Which of thefollowing cleaning agent would you use to clean the motherboard and electronicconnectors on expansion cards?

A. Demineralized waterB. Soap and waterC. Isopropyl alcoholD. AcetoneE. Alcohol

Answer: CExplanation:To clean the motherboard and electronic connectors on expansion cards, you need to usedenatured isopropyl alcohol. It removes oxidation from the connectors and pin contactsof PCBs. The demineralized water will corrode the connectors, Acetone is too powerfulfor circuit boards, and normal alcohol will not be able to clean properly because it is nota cleaning agent.

QUESTION NO: 4You want to back up all the selected files and then clear the archive bit. Which ofthe following types of backup would allow you to do that?

A. CompleteB. NormalC. Incremental


- 165 -

D. Copy

Answer: BExplanation:To back up all the selected files and then clear the archive bit, you need to select thenormal backup type. The normal backup clears the archive bit after backing up to let thesystem know that the file was backed up.Although Incremental backup clears the archive bit, it only backs up files the files thathave changed since the last backup. Copy backs up all files but does not clear the archivebit. There is no such option as Complete backup.

QUESTION NO: 5For past few days you have been noticing that your hard drive is running slowly. Totroubleshoot the problem, you decided to check how fragmented your hard drive is.Which of the following tools allow you to do that?

A. Disk AnalyzerB. Disk CleanupC. Disk DefragmenterD. ChkdskE. Disk Management

Answer: CExplanation:To check how fragmented your hard drive is, you need to use Disk Defragmenter tool.This tool also allows you to defragment your hard drive after analyzing it.Disk Cleanup tool allows you to clean your disk by deleting unnecessary files, chkdsktool is used to find the bad sectors on the had disk, and Disk Management allows you tomanage disk by allowing you to create and delete partitions besides allowing you to labelthem, format them, and mark them.

QUESTION NO: 6To add another LAN card to your system, you opened your computer anddiscovered an excessive amount of dust inside your computer. Which of thefollowing options would you choose to remove the dust?


- 166 -

A. Computer vacuumB. Regular vacuum cleaner.C. Blowing with mouth.D. Nothing, dust does not harm computers.

Answer: AExplanation:To remove the dust, you should use a computer vacuum that sucks up dust withoutharming the computer.A regular vacuum cleaner should not be used because it generates electrostatic discharge(ESD). Blowing only a compressed air is recommended if necessary otherwise it shouldbe avoided. Dust must be removed because it can harm the computer components.

QUESTION NO: 7You are working on a critical project on your Windows XP computer. You want totake a copy of all the work done in a day so that it is not lost. Which of the followingtools should you use?

A. BackupB. System RestoreC. Restore PointD. Emergency Repair Disk

Answer: AExplanation:To take a copy of all the work done in a day so that it is not lost, you must use theBackup utility.The System Restore and Emergency repair disk will only restore your computer to somepervious date and you will loose all your latest data. Restore point is only the date that isused by System Restore to restore back your system.

QUESTION NO: 8


- 167 -

Yesterday you took a normal backup of your data on your Windows XP computer.Today after finishing all your work, you want to again take a backup so that thework you have done today is also backed up. Which of the following types ofbackups are the most appropriate types of backup for you? (Select all that apply)

A. IncrementalB. NormalC. CopyD. Daily

Answer: A, DExplanation:The most appropriate types of backups for you in this situation would be both Daily andIncremental backups. Because the Normal backup is already taken on Sunday, you have acopy of complete backup. Now you only need to backup files that have changed.Incremental backup will back up all files that have changed since your last backup. Dailywill back up all files that have changed during that day.

You should not use Copy backup because it does not mark the archive attribute. As aresult, you will not know that you have already backed up certain files in your nextbackup. Taking Normal backup again would not be recommended again because it is acomplete backup and takes too much space and time.

QUESTION NO: 9You are facing a lack of space on your computer. Which of the following utilitieswould allow you to delete temporary Internet files and other unneeded files fromyour disk?


Answer: BExplanation:To delete temporary Internet files and other unneeded files from your disk, you shoulduse Disk Cleanup utility.


- 168 -

Disk Defragmenter can defragment the drive, which will increase the performance of thedrive but will not delete unwanted files. There is no Disk Analyzer tool and Chkdsk canonly check bad sectors and other problems on the disk. Disk Management allows you tomanage disk by allowing you to create and delete partitions besides allowing you to labelthem, format them, and mark them.

QUESTION NO: 10Due to sudden electricity failure, you computer was shut down abruptly. You nowdoubt physical errors on disk. Which of the following utilities would allow you toscan the hard drive of your computer for physical errors?


Answer: DExplanation:To scan the hard drive of your computer for physical errors, you need to use Chkdsk. Thechkdsk starts automatically when computer shuts down abruptly.

Disk Cleanup is used to remove temporary Internet files and other unneeded files fromyour disk. Disk Defragmenter can defragment the drive, which will increase theperformance of the drive but will not delete unwanted files. There is no Disk Analyzertool Disk Management allows you to manage disk by allowing you to create and deletepartitions besides allowing you to label them, format them, and mark them.

QUESTION NO: 11You have scheduled the backup of the My Documents folder as a normal backup atthe beginning of every month and incremental backups every Friday evening. OnWednesday, you wanted to back up a subfolder under My Documents folderwithout affecting the scheduled backup routine. Which option should you choose?

A. NormalB. IncrementalC. Daily


- 169 -

D. CopyE. Deferential

Answer: DExplanation:To back up a subfolder under My Documents folder without affecting the scheduledbackup routine, you should use the copy backup because it does not clear the archive bit.This will keep your backup routine untouched.A normal backup, and incremental backup will clear the archive bit after back up. A dailybackup and Deferential backup will only back up files you modified that day and youmay not be able to take the backup of the entire subfolder.

QUESTION NO: 12Which of the following types of backups clear the archive bit after backing up theselected files and folders? (Select all that apply.)

A. NormalB. CopyC. IncrementalD. DifferentialE. None of the other alternatives apply

Answer: A, CExplanation:The types of backups that clear the archive bit after backing up the selected files andfolders are Normal and incremental backups. Copy and differential backups do not clearthe archive bit.

QUESTION NO: 13Which of the following options would you choose to clean the display unit of yourlaptop?

A. A dry clothB. A Wet ClothC. A Glass cleanerD. An Abrasive cleaning powder


- 170 -

E. A LCD cleaner

Answer: EExplanation:To clean the display unit of your laptop, you must use a LCD cleaner. This is because theLCD video display of Laptop can scratch easily and to clean it, you should use thecleaner that is specially designed for LCD screens.

QUESTION NO: 14Which of the following types of backup allows you to take a complete back up all thefiles you want, without clearing the archive bit?

A. NormalB. DifferentialC. IncrementalD. Copy

Answer: DExplanation:A copy will back up allows you to take a complete back up of all the files you wantwithout clearing the archive bit.The differential backup does not clear the archive bit but backups only the files that havechanged since the last backup.

QUESTION NO: 15Which of the following devices protect your computer from damage if there is asudden power surge? (Select all that apply.)

A. UPSB. Surge protectorC. Power stripD. Extension cordE. None of the other alternatives apply

Answer: A, B


- 171 -

Explanation:An uninterruptible power supply (UPS) and the surge protector both protects yourcomputer from damage if there is a sudden power surge. This is because they containfuses that blow in the event of a power surge. This prevents damage to computercomponents.Power strips cannot be used because they do not have a fuse. Extension cords cannot helpin diffusing a power spike.

QUESTION NO: 16Which of the following agents can you use to clean the outside of a computer case?

A. Demineralized waterB. Soap and waterC. Denatured alcoholD. AcetoneE. None of the other alternatives apply

Answer: BExplanation:The outside of a computer case should be cleaned with mild soap and water on a dampcloth. Rest of the other options should not be used.

QUESTION NO: 17On your Windows Vista computer, you want to keep a copy of the data of only theMy Documents folder. Which of the following tools should you use?

A. File CopyB. My Documents ArchiveC. BackupD. System RestoreE. All of the other alternatives apply

Answer: CExplanation:To keep a copy of the data of only the My Documents folder, you should use the Backuptool because it allows you to backup only the desired files and folders.


- 172 -

The System Restore tool cannot be used because it is used to create restore points thatcreates the copy of the entire system. There are no File Copy and My DocumentsArchive tools.

QUESTION NO: 18Which of the following cleaning methods would you use to clean the electricalcontacts on your video card?

A. Cloth and waterB. Isopropyl alcoholC. A pencil eraserD. Your fingersE. Soap and water

Answer: BExplanation:To clean the electrical contacts on your video card, you should use denatured isopropylalcohol and a cotton swab.Soap and Water should never be used on electrical components, a pencil eraser can leavetraces of acids behind, and your fingers can damage the contacts.

QUESTION NO: 19While installing OS on the new computer of the customer, you noticed a secondpartition on the primary hard drive. When you tried to access the partition, youfound that the partition is neither assigned a drive letter nor it is accessible fromWindows. Which of the following statements best explains the second partition?

A. The second partition is created by the drive manufacturer to reserve the space forfirmware.

B. The second partition is the space set aside by Windows to be used for virtual memoryswap.

C. The second partition is created by a potentially dangerous virus that has beendownloaded onto the system.

D. The second partition is the recovery partition put by the manufacturer.

Answer: D


- 173 -

Explanation:The second partition is the recovery partition put by the manufacturer and how it isachieved is proprietary. Although the creation is based on slipstreaming technology theexact way each manufacturer achieves it is totally different and unique.

QUESTION NO: 20Which of the following is needed to perform an ASR restore in Windows XP?

A. Operating system CDB. Recovery consoleC. Vendor recovery CDD. ERD disk

Answer: AExplanation:To perform an ASR restore in Windows XP, you need Operating system CD and therecovery floppy disk that you have created. To perform Automated System restore youneed to boot the computer with the OS CD and then as soon as you see the message:"Press F2 to run Automated System Recovery (ASR) ..." at the bottom of the screen,press F2. The recovery process will start.

QUESTION NO: 21TestKing.com has employed you as a technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. During routine monitoring you discover that the laptop is not coolingproperly. You check and discover excessive dust in the vents.

What should you do?

A. Your best options would be to install ceiling fans in the room.B. Your best options would be to clean the vents every so often by using a small vacuum

cleaner.C. Your best options would be to make use of a moist rag to clean the vents monthly.D. Your best options would be to spray the vents directly with compressed air.

Answer: B


- 174 -

QUESTION NO: 22You work as a technician at TestKing.com. You just completed the replacement of aclients failed keyboard that was packed of debris. You inform the client that thearea around the computer needs to be kept clean at all times.

What should you do next?

E. You should make a note of the issue as well as your findings, the actions that wastaken and the outcome.

F. You should have a routine follow up with the client to ensure that the computer area isclean.

G. You should let another technician peruse your findings to ensure that it is correct.H. You should report your findings to the superiors of the client.

Answer: A

QUESTION NO: 23You are employed as the desktop support technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. During the course of the day you receive an instruction from the CIOto clean the inside of a desktop computer with a can of compressed air. Toaccomplish this task you need to determine the appropriate techniques that need tobe followed.

What should you do?

A. Your first step should be to unplug the power cable. Then the cover should be removed. Thereafter the can should be held upright in order for you to spray.

B. Your first step should be to unplug the power cable. Then the cover and the components can be removed. Thereafter you should hold the can upside down and spray.

C. Your first step should be to leave the unit powered up in order to detect if errors occurwhilst cleaning.

D. Your first step should be to unplug the power cable.


- 175 -

Then you need to remove all components inside the casing. Thereafter the components should be sprayed individually.

Answer: A

QUESTION NO: 24You work as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com network consists of asingle Active Directory domain named testking.com. You are in the process ofshipping a notebook computer to another branch office. You need to ensure that thecomputer is not damaged during transit.

What should you do?

A. Your best option would be to remove the PC card adapters.B. Your best option would be to remove the LCD.C. Your best option would be to remove the DVD.ROM drive.D. Your best option would be to remove the Backlight.

Answer: A

QUESTION NO: 25You are employed as the desktop support technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. During routine monitoring you detect that a CRT monitor displayspatches of distortion whilst being used. You receive an instruction from the CIO toresolve this problem as soon as possible.

What should you do?

A. Your best option would be to power cycle the computer.B. Your best option would be to degauss the monitor.C. Your best option would be to replace the display adaptor.D. Your best option would be to reload the driver for the monitor.

Answer: B


- 176 -

QUESTION NO: 26You work as a desktop support technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.comnetwork consists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. Duringthe course of the day a user contacts the Help desk to report that her workstation isextremely slow. She rebooted the workstation numerous times but the sameproblem still persists. She also informs you that the hard drive light stays on. Youneed to improve the performance of the hard drive.


A. You should consider using the defragment utility to enhance the performance.B. You should consider emptying the recycle bin and deleting old e-mail messages to

enhance the performance.C. You should consider using the checkdisk utility to enhance the performance.D. You should consider using the drive compression utility to enhance the performance.

Answer: A, C

QUESTION NO: 27You are employed as the desktop support technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. You need to write a report to management identifying the bestmanner in which to eliminate the theft of monitors and laptops.


A. You should inform management that Pad locks will accomplish the task.B. You should inform management that Logical Token will accomplish the task.C. You should inform management that Cable locks will accomplish the task.D. You should inform management that RSA keys will accomplish the task.

Answer: C


- 177 -

QUESTION NO: 28You are employed as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com networkconsists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. You are in theprocess of informing all TestKing.com users how they are able to increase the lifespan of their computer hardware.


A. This can be accomplished by cleaning out the dust with compressed air on a routinebasis.

B. This can be accomplished by defragmenting the hard drive on a routine basis.C. This can be accomplished by degaussing the display as well as the drives on a routine

basis.D. This can be accomplished by cleaning out the dirt with a damp rag on a routine basis.

Answer: A

QUESTION NO: 29You work as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com network consists of asingle Active Directory domain named testking.com. There are both desktop andlaptop workstations in operation at TestKing.com. You are in the process of fixing aworkstation when you discover a wire with insulation damage. You notice that thedamage was caused by friction against the cooling fan.

What should you do?While working inside of a desktop computer, a technician finds a wire with insulationdamage from rubbing up against a cooling fan. Which of the following should be used torepair the wire?

A. You should consider repairing the wire with duct tape.B. You should consider repairing the wire with electrical tape.C. You should consider repairing the wire with masking tape.D. You should consider repairing the wire with wire nut.

Answer: B


- 178 -

QUESTION NO: 30You are the newly appointed technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.comnetwork consists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. Youreceive an instruction from management to upgrade the hardware on a computernamed TESTKING-SR01. You thus need to determine your first step that youshould execute prior to upgrading the hardware.

What should you do?

A. You should consider cleaning the computer components with an approved cleaningsolution.

B. You should check the HCL.C. You should consider archiving the old drivers.D. You should consider execute a disk defrag.

Answer: BExplanation:Your best option would be to check the Hardware Compatibility List.

QUESTION NO: 31You are the newly appointed desktop support technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. You receive an instruction to install a touch screen monitor. You needensure that the display operates optimally after the installation.

What should you do?

A. This can be accomplished by setting the monitor resolution to the highest it candisplay.

B. This can be accomplished by degaussing the monitor.C. This can be accomplished by calibrating the monitor.D. This can be accomplished by setting the refresh rate to the lowest the monitor can

display.

Answer: C


- 179 -

QUESTION NO: 32You are employed as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com networkconsists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. A user reports amalfunction of the system. You inquire if any modifications were recently done onthe system. You then decide to execute a full diagnostic of the system.

What should your first step be?

A. Your first step should be to boot into Safe Mode.B. Your first step should be to run a backup routine.C. Your first step should be to run a power supply test.D. Your first step should be to apply the most recent service pack.

Answer: B

Topic 3: Operating Systems and Software (118 Questions)

Section 1: Compare and contrast the different Windows OperatingSystems and their features (45 Questions)

QUESTION NO: 1Which of the following options specify the maximum length of a filename inWindows 2000?

A. 8 characters plus a 3-character extensionB. 12 charactersC. 64 charactersD. 255 charactersE. Unlimited

Answer: DExplanation:The maximum length of a filename in Windows 2000 is 255 characters. The maximumlength of a filename in DOS was 8 characters plus a 3-character file extension.


- 180 -

QUESTION NO: 2The graphical interface used by Windows Vista is __________________.

A. StartB. AeroC. KDED. GNOME

Answer: BExplanation:The graphical interface used by Windows Vista is Aero.

QUESTION NO: 3Which of the following options would allow you to shut down a Windows 2000computer?

A. Execute the Shut Down command at a command prompt.B. Switch off and unplug the computer.C. Press Ctrl+Alt+Del.D. Click Start->Shut Down and then select Shut Down option from the Shut DownWindows dialog box that appears.

Answer: DExplanation:To shut down a Windows 2000 computer, you need to click Start->Shut Down and thenselect Shut Down option from the Shut Down Windows dialog box that appears.

QUESTION NO: 4At which of the following location in a Windows XP computer, the system clock islocated on the Windows Desktop?

A. The TaskbarB. The Start menuC. The My Computer icon


- 181 -

D. The systrayE. The status bar

Answer: DExplanation:The system clock is located on the systray on your your Windows XP Desktop. Thesystray appears at the bottom right corner of the desktop.

QUESTION NO: 5On your Windows 2000 computer, you want to edit the system Registry. Which ofthe following commands allows you to do that? (Select all that apply.)

A. regedtB. regeditC. regedt32D. regedit32E. Edit

Answer: B, CExplanation:The two commands that you can use to edit the system registry in a Windows 2000 (orWindows XP/Vista) computer are regedit or regedt32 (no i ).

QUESTION NO: 6Which of the following tool allows you to check that your current hardware can runWindows Vista or not?

A. User State Migration ToolB. Windows Vista Upgrade AdvisorC. Windows Upgrade ToolD. Windows Vista Appraisal Instrument



- 182 -

Windows Vista Upgrade Advisor tool allows you to check that your current hardware canrun Windows Vista or not. The tool can be easily downloaded and run and is the easiestway to find out whether the current hardware is compatible with Windows Vista or not

QUESTION NO: 7Which of the following file in Windows Vista does the same function as ntldr filedoes in Windows XP and 2000 computers?

A. ntldrB. config.sysC. bootmgrD. pagefile.sysE. Autoexec.bat

Answer: CExplanation:The bootmgr file in Windows Vista does the same function as ntldr file does in WindowsXP and 2000 computers. It starts the bootstrap process in Windows Vista operatingsystem.

QUESTION NO: 8On your Windows Vista computer, which of the following services allows you toimprove the desktop search?

A. DirectoryB. CatalogC. BingD. Index

Answer: DExplanation:The Index Service allows you to improve the desktop search in Windows Vista, XP, and2000.

QUESTION NO: 9


- 183 -

Which of the following tools would you use on your Windows 2000 computer tocreate restore points?

A. BackupB. System RestoreC. Emergency Repair toolD. None of the other alternatives apply

Answer: DExplanation:The restore points are only created in Windows Vista and Windows XP computers usingSystem Restore tool. In Windows 2000 restore points cannot be created. You can onlyuse backup feature to create backups of your hard drive.

QUESTION NO: 10For the new sound card that you have just installed into your Windows XPcomputer, you want to obtain the latest device driver. Which of the followinglocations is best to be visited to obtain the newest driver?

A. Download the driver from the manufacturer's website.B. Download the driver from the Microsoft's website.C. Configure Automatic Updates on your computer so that drivers are downloaded

automatically.D. No need to download. Windows Plug and Play will automatically detect the hardware

and install the latest driver.

Answer: AExplanation:To obtain the latest device driver, for your sound card you must always download thedriver from the manufacturer's website.

QUESTION NO: 11You can create restore points in Windows 2000 by using_______________.

A. BackupB. System Restore


- 184 -

C. Restore PointD. None of the other alternatives apply

Answer: DExplanation:You can create restore points in Windows 2000 by using none of the other alternativesapply given options. This is because Windows 2000 does not use restore points.

QUESTION NO: 12Before modifying the boot file on your dual boot system that dual boots betweenWindows 2000 and Windows Vista, you want to take a back up of all the Registryfiles in your Windows 2000 operating system. Which of the following methods canyou use?

A. Use ASR (Automated System Recovery).B. Create an ERD (emergency repair disk).C. Use the regbackup command.D. Use the backreg command.

Answer: BExplanation:To take a back up of all the Registry files in your Windows 2000 operating system, youwill have to create an emergency repair disk (ERD) through the Windows Backupprogram.Windows XP and Vista supports Automated System Recovery (ASR but Windows 2000does not. There are no commands called regbackup and backreg.

QUESTION NO: 13You want to load the operating system that has built in remote assistance feature onyour computer. Which of the following operating systems can you use?

A. LinuxB. Windows 98C. Windows 2000D. Windows XPE. All of the other alternatives apply


- 185 -

F. None of the other alternatives apply

Answer: DExplanation:You can use the Windows XP operating system because it has a built-in RemoteAssistance application.

QUESTION NO: 14While installing Windows XP from CD, you came across the product key screen.You can:

A. Leave the product key field blank and continue with the installation.B. Not leave the product key blank and must provide it to proceed with the installation.C. Click on the Retrieve Product Key button to get a new product key from Microsoft.D. Enter any product key temporarily, and then continue with the installation and then

provide the activation key later.

Answer: BExplanation:Windows XP installation requires the product key to complete the installation. There isno such thing as a Retrieve Product Key button.

QUESTION NO: 15Which of the following tools in Windows Vista allows you to check the hard drivefor errors on the computer?

A. Disk AnalyzerB. Disk CleanupC. Disk DefragmenterD. Error CheckingE. None of the other alternatives apply



- 186 -

The Error Checking tool in Windows Vista allows you to check the hard drive for errorson the computer. The Chkdsk is called Error Checking in Windows Vista.There is no Disk Analyzer tool. Disk Cleanup deletes unneeded files, and DiskDefragmenter can defragment files on a hard drive.

QUESTION NO: 16Which of the following terms is used to define the capability of an application tosend multiple requests to a processor at one time?

A. MultitaskingB. MultithreadingC. MultioperationalD. Multicore

Answer: BExplanation:The ability of a single application to send multiple requests to the processor at one time iscalled multithreading.

QUESTION NO: 17In which of the following types of file systems would you format your hard drive ifyou want to have a double boot on your computer with Windows 98 and WindowsVista and you also want to read all files on the computer from either operatingsystem?

A. FAT32B. NTFSC. CDFSD. NFS

Answer: AExplanation:To have a double boot on your computer with Windows 98 and Windows Vista and toread all files on the computer from either operating system, you can use only the FAT32file system. The NTFS file system is not readable by Windows 98.


- 187 -

QUESTION NO: 18Which of the following options would you choose if you do not want to see theTaskbar appearing on the screen all the time?

A. PreviewB. HideC. LockD. Auto-hide

Answer: DExplanation:If you do not want to see the Taskbar appearing on the screen all the time, you need touse the Auto-hide option.The Lock option will lock the taskbar to one location and the other choices are not validoptions.

QUESTION NO: 19A user reported that while trying to work on MS Excel on her Windows XPcomputer, the MS Excel crashed. What troubleshooting solution would you tell theuser to use first?

A. Reinstall Windows XP.B. Reinstall MS Excel.C. Troubleshoot MS Excel Using Dr. WatsonD. Reboot the computer.

Answer: DExplanation:In the above given scenario, the user must reboot her computer because reboot solvesmost of the software problems. If the problem does not get solved then the user needs toreinstall MS Excel.

QUESTION NO: 20


- 188 -

Which of the following features is not available in Windows XP Home version butavailable in Windows XP Professional version?

A. Simple File SharingB. Basic Disk PartitionsC. Remote DesktopD. Joining a domain

Answer: DExplanation:The feature that is not available in Windows XP Home version but available in WindowsXP Professional version is joining a domain.

QUESTION NO: 21The maximum FAT32 volume size recognized by Windows 2000 and XPis_____________

A. Up to 16GBB. Up to 32GBC. Up to 1024GBD. Up to 2048GB

Answer: DExplanation:The maximum FAT32 volume size recognized by Windows 2000 and XP is 2TB or Upto 2048GB. Although Windows XP lets you format only up to 32GB but can read largervolumes.

QUESTION NO: 22The advantage of upgrading your 32 bit Windows to a 64-bit version of Windows is:

A. The 64-bit version of Windows supports greater number of dynamic disks or diskslarger than 1 TB.

B. The 64-bit version of Windows supports multiple applications running in 16-bitcompatibility.

C.


- 189 -

The 64-bit version of Windows supports more than 4GB of RAM and in some casessupports up to 128GB of RAM.

D. The 64-bit version of Windows supports a new anti-virus protection scheme calledData Execution Prevention.

Answer: CExplanation:The advantage of upgrading your 32 bit Windows to a 64-bit version of Windows is thatThey supports more than 4GB of RAM and in some cases supports up to 128GB ofRAM.

QUESTION NO: 23You are employed as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com networkconsists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. During the courseof the day you receive an instruction from management to configure Windows XPand Windows 2000 for a dual-boot environment. To accomplish this task you needto determine the appropriate file system that should be used to format the drive.

What should you do?

A. You should consider making use of UFS.B. You should consider making use of NTFS.C. You should consider making use of NFS.D. You should consider making use of FAT.

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 24You work as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com network consists of asingle Active Directory domain named testking.com. During the course of the dayyou receive an instruction from management to identify the RAM limitationspertaining to a Vista 32-bit operating system.



- 190 -

A. A Vista 32-bit operating system has a 128GB RAM limitatation.B. A Vista 32-bit operating system has a 8GB RAM limitatation.C. A Vista 32-bit operating system has a 4GB RAM limitatation.D. A Vista 32-bit operating system has a 2GB RAM limitatation.

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 25You are employed as the senior technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.comnetwork consists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. Duringthe course of the day an intern wants to know which Windows OS system have adifferent user folder path.

What should you do?

A. You should inform the intern that Windows XP Media Center Edition has a differentuser folder path.

B. You should inform the intern that Windows XP Home has a different user folder path.C. You should inform the intern that Windows Vista Ultimate has a different user folder

path.D. You should inform the intern that Windows 2000 Professional has a different user

folder path.

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 26You work as a desktop support technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.comnetwork consists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. Youreceive an instruction from management to identify the advantages a 64-bitprocessor will have over a 32-bit processor.


A. It will supply you with the use of more powerful video graphics accelerators.B. It will supply you with access to bigger hard drive partitions.


- 191 -

C. It will supply you with addressing of memory beyond 4GB.D. It will supply you with the use of PCIe X16 expansion slots.

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 27You are employed as the technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com networkconsists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. During the courseof the day you receive an instruction from the CIO to configure a workstation for auser that is disabled. The user is only able to press one key at a time.

What should you do?

A. Your best options would be to enable Encryption Keys.B. Your best options would be to enable FilterKeys.C. Your best options would be to enable Sticky Keys.D. Your best options would be to enable ToggleKeys.

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 28TestKing.com has employed you as a desktop support technician at TestKing.com.The TestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. You receive an instruction from management to identify the devicethat can be used as a boot device in order to install a new installation of WindowsVista when it is connected locally.


A. You are able to make use of the USB drive.B. You are able to make use of the CD.ROM.C. You are able to make use of the Serial Cable.D. You are able to make use of the Floppy drive.E. You are able to make use of the DVD.ROM.


- 192 -

Answer: A, E

QUESTION NO: 29You work as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com network consists of asingle Active Directory domain named testking.com. During the course of the dayyou receive an instruction from the CIO to change the current FAT file system intoan NTFS file system without any loss of data.

What should you do?

A. This can be accomplished using the diskpart utility.B. This can be accomplished using the format utility.C. This can be accomplished using the fdisk utility.D. This can be accomplished using the convert utility.

Answer: D

QUESTION NO: 30You are employed as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com networkconsists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. During the courseof the day you receive an instruction from the CIO ensure that a workstation is ableto record audio using a microphone that is attached to a workstation configured torun Microsoft Windows XP. To accomplish this you thus need to adjust the inputlevels.

Where can you locate the input levels?

A. This can be accomplished going to: Start>Settings>Control Panel>System>Hardware

B. This can be accomplished going to: Start>Settings>Control Panel>Sounds and Audio Devices>Audio

C. This can be accomplished going to: Start>Settings>Control Panel>Sounds and Audio Devices>Sounds

D. This can be accomplished going to: Start>Settings>Control Panel>Speech


- 193 -

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 31You work as a senior technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com networkconsists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. During the courseof the day you receive an instruction from management to increase the size of thepaging file on a workstation that is configured to run Microsoft Windows XP. Youneed to determine where this setting can be located in order to accomplish this task.

What should you do?

A. The setting can be located by selecting: System Properties>Advanced>Environment Variables

B. The setting can be located by selecting: System Properties>General

C. The setting can be located by selecting: System Properties>Advanced>Performance Settings>Advanced

D. The setting can be located by selecting: System Properties>Advanced>Startup and Recovery Settings

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 32You are the newly appointed technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.comnetwork consists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. Atpresent TestKing.com makes use of regedit. One of the senior managers wants toknow how the registry can backup prior to any modifications being made.

What should you do?

A. You should inform senior management that it can be accomplished by importing theregistry file.

B. You should inform senior management that it can be accomplished by saving theregistry file.

C.


- 194 -

You should inform senior management that it can be accomplished by exporting theregistry file.

D. You should inform senior management that it can be accomplished by backing up theregistry file.

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 33You are employed as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com networkconsists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. You receive aninstruction to inform users where a programs executable file can be typed in andlaunched from.

What should you do?

A. You should inform them that it can be accomplished from the Administrator tools inthe control panel.

B. You should inform them that it can be accomplished from the system configurationutility.

C. You should inform them that it can be accomplished from the start command window.D. You should inform them that it can be accomplished from the MMC snap-in.

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 34TestKing.com has employed you as a technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. All computers are configured to run in a Windows 2000 environment.You receive an urgent request from management to forward them the computername of one of the users.

What should you do?

A. This can be achieved by following the subsequent steps: Control Panel > System Applet > Properties > Computer Name Tab

B. This can be achieved by following the subsequent steps:


- 195 -

Control Panel > System Applet > Properties > Advanced TabC. This can be achieved by following the subsequent steps:

Right click on My Computer > Properties > Computer Name TabD. This can be achieved by following the subsequent steps:

Right click on My Computer > Properties > Network Identification Tab

Answer: D

QUESTION NO: 35You are employed as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com networkconsists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. You are in theprocess of explaining to the new interns what the Windows Experience Index is usedfor.

What should you do?

A. You should inform them that it is used to determine the performance value of thesystem components.

B. You should inform them that it is used to determine the speed as well as the availablebandwidth of Internet connections.

C. You should inform them that it is used to determine the hard disk storage space that isleft.

D. You should inform them that it is used to determine the reliability as well as the speedof search indexing.

Answer: A

QUESTION NO: 36TestKing.com has employed you as a technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. Users in the marketing department logs a complaint stating thatscreen appears informing them that the site is blocked by a filter as soon as theyattempt to pull down video clips from a website. TestKing.com has recentlyintroduced a new web filtering application that only permits a 120 minute quota onstreaming media. A message also appears permitting the user to click to proceed.


- 196 -


A. You should inform them to read the screen and follow the instructions.B. You should inform them that videos makes use of huge amount of bandwidth and

management decided to limit all users as to what can be downloaded and watched. Then inform the user to speak to their superior.

C. You should inform them that bandwidth usage has become a problem in theorganization. Inform them that a new application was implemented to assist in managing andimproving the network. Then inform them to select proceed on the message and the video will appear.

D. You should ask them the name of the website they want to download the videos fromas well as whether it is work related.

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 37You are employed as the desktop support technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. You receive an instruction from the CIO to make sure that allmalware and viruses are removed during the disinfection process. You thus need todetermine the appropriate Windows features you need to disable to accomplish this.

What should you do?

A. Your best choice would be to disable System Restore.B. Your best choice would be to disable Security Center.C. Your best choice would be to disable Machine Debug Manager.D. Your best choice would be to disable Hardware Profile.

Answer: A

QUESTION NO: 38


- 197 -

You are the newly appointed technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.comnetwork consists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. Youreceive an instruction from management to identify the command that willreconnect a network drive as F: automatically after rebooting in Windows XP.


A. This can be accomplished running the net use F: \\ComputerName\ShareName/persistent:NO command.

B. This can be accomplished running the net use \\ComputerName\ShareName/persistent:YES :F command.

C. This can be accomplished running the net use F: \\ComputerName\ShareName/persistent:YES command.

D. This can be accomplished running the net use \\ComputerName\ShareName/persistent:NO :F command.

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 39TestKing.com has employed you as a technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. During the course of the day you receive an instruction frommanagement to convert a number of mobile computers from the French language tothe English languages.

What should you do?

A. Your best option would be to use the subsequent path: Control Panel> Regional and Language Options> Regional Options> Customize

B. Your best option would be to use the subsequent path: Control Panel> Accessibility Options> General

C. Your best option would be to use the subsequent path: Control Panel> Regional and Language Options> Languages> Details

D. Your best option would be to use the subsequent path: Control Panel> Regional and Language Options> Regional Options

Answer: D


- 198 -

QUESTION NO: 40You work as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com network consists of asingle Active Directory domain named testking.com. You just completed theinstallation of a free antivirus solution. You detect that Windows report that systemis currently not protected by any antivirus software.

What should you do?

A. Your best option would be to have the antivirus logging disabled in the Event Viewer.B. Your best option would be to have the Antivirus definitions updated.C. Your best option would be to have the antivirus protection notification disabled within

the Security Center.D. Your best option would be to have the Microsoft Malicious Software removal tool

installed.

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 41TestKing.com has employed you as a technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. You are in the process of explaining to the interns in your departmentthe purpose of a System Restore.


A. It permits the OS to be rolled back to a previous point in time.B. It permits the OS to allocate dates in order for files to be backed up.C. It permits you to roll back all information to a previous point in time.D. It permits the OS to be backed up with protection against any viruses.

Answer: A

QUESTION NO: 42


- 199 -

TestKing.com has employed you as a technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. You are in the process of explaining to the interns in your departmentwhat will happen when Windows XP is started in Safe Mode.


A. It will result in Windows XP starting basic networking in order to permit driverupdates from the Internet.

B. It will result in Windows stop the successful boot and logon from updating LastKnown Good Configuration.

C. It will result in Windows XP using the least amount of driver sets and services to startthe GUI.

D. It will result in Windows not being able to save any changes to the files whilst in SafeMode.

Answer: B, C

QUESTION NO: 43You are the newly appointed desktop support technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. A user calls in to inquire about a bluescreen message that appears onher monitor.

What should you tell her?

A. You should inform her that the message helps you to determine problems that arebased on the error code.

B. You should inform her that it is another name for a stop error.C. You should inform her that it shows missing data and the OS needs to be updated in

order to retrieve it.D. You should inform her that it is quite complex to determine what is wrong without

accessing the Microsoft Knowledge Base and search the specific code.

Answer: A


- 200 -

QUESTION NO: 44TestKing.com has employed you as a technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. A TestKing.com employee named Rory Allen is assigned a computernamed TESTKING-WS01 that is configured to run Windows XP. You receive a callfrom Rory Allen who wants to change a local computer password on aTESTKING-WS01.


A. This can be accomplished using the Security Center applet.B. This can be accomplished using the User Accounts applet.C. This can be accomplished using the Administrative Tools applet.D. This can be accomplished using the Accessibility Options applet.E. This can be accomplished using the System applet.

Answer: B, C

QUESTION NO: 45You work as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com network consists of asingle Active Directory domain named testking.com. There are both desktop andlaptop workstations in operation at TestKing.com. You receive an inquiry from auser who wants to know which operating system (OS) makes use of Windows Aero.


A. Windows Aero is a characteristic of WindowsVista Basic.B. Windows Aero is a characteristic of Windows XPMedia Center.C. Windows Aero is a characteristic of WindowsVista Ultimate.D. Windows Aero is a characteristic of Windows XP Home.

Answer: C

Section 2: Given a scenario, demonstrate proper use of userinterfaces (25 Questions)


- 201 -

QUESTION NO: 1Which of the following options define a Desktop?

A. The desktop is a surface of the desk where a computer is placedB. The desktop is a tracking tool that keeps a track of all the data on diskC. The desktop is a computer component that stores the entire memory of the computer.D. The desktop is a virtual desk on a computer that contains a number of programs andutilities that you can run

Answer: DExplanation:The desktop is a virtual desk on a computer that contains a number of programs andutilities that you can run. The Desktop appears in all Windows based operating systems.It appears as soon as the Windows loads. It contains the Start menu, the Taskbar, and anumber of other icons.

QUESTION NO: 2Which of the following dialog boxes allow you to change the screensaver on yourcomputer?

A. Display PropertiesB. Taskbar and start Menu PropertiesC. Menu Bar PropertiesD. Add Remove ProgramsE. System Properties

Answer: AExplanation:To change the screensaver on your computer, you need to use the Display Propertiesdialog box. You can go to the Display Properties dialog box by clicking Start->SettingsControl Panel->Display. Alternatively, you can click anywhere on the desktop andchoose Properties from the menu that appears.

QUESTION NO: 3Which of the following methods would you use to increase the size of the Taskbar?


- 202 -

A. Right-click on the taskbar and drag it.B. Double-clicking the Taskbar and drag itC. Point the mouse to the top of the Taskbar and when the pointer turns into adouble-headed arrow, drag the task bar.D. Select the Taskbar and then double-click in the center

Answer: CExplanation:To increase the size of the Taskbar, you need to point the mouse to the top of the Taskbarand when the pointer turns into a double-headed arrow, drag the task bar. Remember thatto increase the size of the Taskbar in Windows XP, you need to first unlock it.

QUESTION NO: 4Which of the following tasks can you perform using the Windows Explorer? (Selectall that apply.)

A. Internet browsingB. Cut, copy, paste on filesC. File attributes settingD. Backup and Restore

Answer: B, CExplanation:In Windows Explorer You can perform cut, copy, and paste on files and file attributessetting. Internet browsing can be done in Internet Explorer and Backup and Restore isdone through Control Panel.

QUESTION NO: 5Which of the following tasks would you perform to start a program, which is neitheravailable in Programs menu nor on Desktop?

A. Click Start-> Shut DownB. Click Start-> Run and then type cmd in the Run dialog boxC. Click Start-> Run and then type the name of the program


- 203 -

D. Click Start-> Run and then type cmd and the name of the program

Answer: CExplanation:To start a program, which is neither available in Programs menu nor on Desktop, youneed to click Start-> Run and then type the name of the program. If you are not sureabout the full name of the program then you can browse the program and then click OKto run the program.

QUESTION NO: 6Which of the following tasks would you choose to handle a nonresponsive programthat appears to have locked up?

A. Troubleshoot the program by opening Control Panel-> System tool and then choosingPerformance tab to see what process is causing the problem.B. Add more memory to the programC. Reboot the computer.D. End the program by first clicking Ctrl+Alt+Del and then selecting the program fromthe Task Manager and then clicking End Task button.

Answer: DExplanation:To handle a nonresponsive program that appears to have locked up, you need to end theprogram through Task Manager. You need to end the program by clicking Ctrl+Alt+Deland then selecting the program from the Task Manager and clicking End Task button

QUESTION NO: 7You have mistakenly deleted an important file while deleting other unnecessary filesfrom your computer. Which of the following components in Windows operatingsystem allows you to recover back a deleted file?

A. My ComputerB. Recycle BinC. Control PanelD. Settings panelE. Event Viewer


- 204 -

Answer: BExplanation:To restore back a deleted file in Windows operating system, you need to use Recycle bin.All deleted files are placed in the Recycle Bin and the Recycle bin keeps the files till it isemptied.

QUESTION NO: 8You want to test the DirectX functionality. Which of the following tools would youuse for the same?

A. Msinfo32B. PingC. TelnetD. DxDiag

Answer: DExplanation:To test the DirectX functionality, you need to use the DxDiag utility (DirectXDiagnostics).

QUESTION NO: 9You have brought a new web camera and want to install it into your Windows 2000computer. However, the Plug and Play does not start. Which of the followingmethods would you use now to correctly add the new hardware to the system?(Select all that apply.)

A. From the command prompt run the software that has came with the web camera.B. Click Start->Settings->Control Panel and use Add Hardware tool to install the webcamera.C. You cannot install Web camera because Plug and Play is the only way to installhardware in Windows 2000.D. Click on the My Computer icon on the Desktop and then double-click the ControlPanel icon to start the Add Hardware Wizard to install the web camera.


- 205 -

Answer: B, DExplanation:To correctly add the new hardware to the system when Plug and Play does not work, youcan use the Add Hardware Wizard that can be started by clickingStart->Settings->Control Panel and going to Add Hardware tool or by click on the MyComputer icon on the Desktop and then double-clicking the Control Panel icon to startthe Add Hardware Wizard.

QUESTION NO: 10Which of the following utilities allow you to install a new hardware on yourWindows Vista computer? (Select all that apply)

A. UpdateB. SystemC. Add /Remove HardwareD. Add HardwareE. Plug and Play

Answer: DExplanation:To install a new hardware on your computer system, you can use Plug and Play thatappears automatically when you plug a new hardware to your system. Sometimes thePlug and play does not start automatically for a device; in that case you need to use AddHardware applet in the Control Panel in Windows Vista. In some earlier versions ofWindows, this same functionality was provided by the Add/Remove Hardware Wizard.

QUESTION NO: 11Which of the following files is the virtual memory swap file in Windows Vista?

A. SWAPFILE.SYSB. PAGEFILE.SYSC. SWAPPINGFILE.SYSD. PAGINGFILE.SYSE. SWAP.SYS


- 206 -

Answer: BExplanation:The virtual memory swap file in Windows Vista is PAGEFILE.SYS.

QUESTION NO: 12On your Windows 2000 computer having 256MB of RAM, which of the followingcan be the minimum recommended size of the swap file?

A. 128MBB. 256MBC. 384MBD. 512MBE. 1 GB

Answer: CExplanation:On your Windows 2000 computer having 256MB of RAM, the minimum recommendedsize of the swap file is 384MB. This is because the minimum recommended swap-filesize under Windows 2000 is 1.5 times the amount of physical RAM, which is: 1.5 ×256MB = 384MB.

QUESTION NO: 13You are working in MS Word on your computer. Besides some other applicationsare also running simultaneously. Suddenly you realized that you cannot proceedfurther with your work till you install the new custom application on your computerthat was sent by your client. Which of the following tasks is important beforeinstalling the new application on a computer?

A. You must format the hard drive.B. You must reinstall Windows.C. You must close all the applications running on the system.D. You must open the Install Shield for installation.



- 207 -

Before installing the new application on a computer it is recommended to close all openapplications first. This prevents the new application to fail if the new application is usingthe same file as the opened applications are using.Formatting the hard drive and reinstalling Windows are not required because the OS isrunning fine and Install Shield wizard appears automatically by installation programs ifrequired, you don't need to open it manually.

QUESTION NO: 14The right-click menu for an object in Windows that shows a menu of possibleoptions/actions is called the ___________ menu.

A. ContextB. ConditionalC. IncidentalD. CircumstantialE. MainF. Sub

Answer: AExplanation:The right-click menu for an object in Windows that shows a menu of possibleoptions/actions is called the context menu.

QUESTION NO: 15Which of the following options would you use to view hidden files in a system?

A. MsconfigB. Msinfo32C. Windows ExplorerD. NoHideE. Task Manager

Answer: CExplanation:To view hidden files in a system, you need to use the Windows Explorer utility.


- 208 -

QUESTION NO: 16You work as a desktop support technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.comnetwork consists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com.ATestKing.com user named Amy Walsh contacted the Help desk to report that sheis experiencing a degraded system performance when she runs a new application onher workstation. Her workstation is configured to run Windows XP. You need toidentify the interfaces that should be used in order to manage the currentapplication processes on the workstation of Amy Walsh.


A. Your best option would be to use Task Manager.B. Your best option would be to use REGEDIT.C. Your best option would be to use Computer Management.D. Your best option would be to use Event Viewer.

Answer: A

QUESTION NO: 17TestKing.com has employed you as a technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. You are in the process of explaining to the interns how they will beable to navigate to the Computer Management MMC Plug-in.


A. This can be accomplished by clicking Start and typing in Run. Thereafter inmsconfig should be typed.

B. This can be accomplished by double clicking the Computer Management icon underAdministrative Tools.

C. This can be accomplished by right clicking My Computer and selecting Manage.D. This can be accomplished by right clicking the Start Menu and selecting Properties.

Answer: B, C


- 209 -

QUESTION NO: 18TestKing.com has employed you as a technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. You are in the process of informing the new interns on whichinterfaces they will be able to see status light indicators.


A. You should inform that that it can be seen on PS/2 interfaces.B. You should inform that that it can be seen on NIC interfaces.C. You should inform that that it can be seen on Parallel interfaces.D. You should inform that that it can be seen on IEEE 1394 interfaces.E. You should inform that that it can be seen on Serial interfaces.F. You should inform that that it can be seen on Modem interfaces.

Answer: B, F

QUESTION NO: 19TestKing.com has employed you as a technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. You are in the process of describing to new interns what Wake onLAN will do to a workstation if is enabled.

What should you do?

A. It will gather all packets sent to any device on the LAN.B. It will resume from a low power state as soon as it receives a network packet telling it

to do so.C. It will send broadcast packets over the LAN to all workstations at the same time.D. It will send packets to other network devices on the LAN instructing them to enter a

low power state.

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 20


- 210 -

You are employed as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com networkconsists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. You receive aninstruction from the CIO to view the local drives on a computer namedTESTKING-SR01. You thus need to identify the appropriate place where you willbe able to view the drives.

What should you do?

A. Your best option would be to use the Control Panel.B. Your best option would be to use the Task Bar.C. Your best option would be to use the My Network Places.D. Your best option would be to use the My Computer.

Answer: D

QUESTION NO: 21You are employed as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com networkconsists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. A TestKing.comuser named Kara Lang contacts you to inquire the purpose of the edit commandline utility.

What should you do?

A. You should inform her that the utility will open a text based word processor.B. You should inform her that the utility can be used to change the desktop preferences.C. You should inform her that the utility will makes modifications to the registry.D. You should inform her that the utility will make modifications to the boot sequence

order.

Answer: A

QUESTION NO: 22


- 211 -

You are the newly appointed technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.comnetwork consists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. There areboth desktop and laptop workstations in operation at TestKing.com. A user logs acomplaint that the Windows XP system fails to boot after she ran a registry cleaningprogram.

What should you do?

A. You should inform the user to connect the drive as a slave to another workstation inher department. Thereafter she should make use of REGEDIT to rectify the issue.

B. You should inform the user to run a System Restore in order to load into an earlierworking condition.

C. You should inform the user to make use of the boot disk in order to run SCANREG/RESTORE.

D. You should inform the user to boot using Last Known Good Configuration.

Answer: D

QUESTION NO: 23You are employed as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com networkconsists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. You need todetermine what programs are currently running on a system. You thus need toidentify the correct way to go to the Services MMC Plug-in.


A. You should use the path way: Click Start>Run and then type in services.msc.

B. You should use the path way: Right click on the My Computer and select Properties.

C. You should use the path way: Click Start>Run and then type in regedt32.

D. You should use the path way: Open Control Panel, open Administrative Tools, and double click on the Services icon.

Answer: A, D


- 212 -

QUESTION NO: 24You are the newly appointed technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.comnetwork consists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. There areboth desktop and laptop workstations in operation at TestKing.com. You receive aninstruction from the CIO to upgrade the drivers for a network interface card.

What should you do?Which of the following paths can be used to upgrade the drivers for a network interfacecard (NIC)?

A. This can be accomplished using the path below: Control Panel > Network Connections > Tools > Drivers

B. This can be accomplished using the path below: Device Manager > Network adapters > Properties > Driver tab

C. This can be accomplished using the path below: My Network Places > Tools > Drivers > Update Driver

D. This can be accomplished using the path below: My Computer > Properties > Hardware tab > Windows Update

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 25You are the newly appointed technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.comnetwork consists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. Allservers on the TestKing.com network are configured to run Windows Vista. Youreceive an instruction from management to configure multiple monitor displays.

What should you do?

A. This can be accomplished using the path: Control Panel>Services

B. This can be accomplished using the path: Display Settings>Resolution

C. This can be accomplished using the path: Control Panel>Configuring Desktop


- 213 -

D. This can be accomplished using the path: Display Settings>Advanced Settings

Answer: D

Section 3: Explain the process and steps to install and configurethe Windows OS (18 Questions)

QUESTION NO: 1You want to perform a network installation of Windows 2000 Professional bycreating an image of an existing computer. Which of the following utilizes can youuse to accomplish the desired task?

A. GhostB. SysprepC. SysimageD. RISE. WDS

Answer: BExplanation:To perform a network installation of Windows 2000 Professional by creating an image ofan existing computer, you need to use the Sysprep utility, which comes with Windows2000 Professional. Ghost is a third-party utility, RIS only comes with Windows Serveroperating systems, and WDS is available in Windows Server 2003.

QUESTION NO: 2Which of the following tools would you use to configure the Virtual memory?

A. TaskbarB. SystemC. Memory ManagerD. Virtual ConfigurationE. Services


- 214 -

Answer: BExplanation:Virtual memory can be configured through the settings that are accessed through Systemtool in the control panel.

QUESTION NO: 3Which of the following types of resources can you configure using Device Manager?

A. HardwareB. Files and foldersC. ApplicationsD. MemoryE. Applications

Answer: AExplanation:The Device Manager allows you to configure all hardware resources that are available toWindows.

QUESTION NO: 4Which of the following partitions is used by an operating system to perform thebootstrap process?

A. Primary partitionB. Extended partitionC. Active partitionD. Logical partition

Answer: CExplanation:To perform the bootstrap process, the Active partition is used. The Active partition mustbe a primary partition. A computer can have four primary partitions per hard drive andtherefore all primary partitions cannot be Active.


- 215 -

QUESTION NO: 5Which of the following is the redesigned version of RIS?

A. STIRB. UACC. WDSD. SIRE. MMC

Answer: CExplanation:RIS or Remote Installation Services were available in Windows before the advent ofWindows Deployment Service (WDS), which is a replacement of RIS and offers thesame functionality as RIS.

QUESTION NO: 6Which of the following steps would be your first step to install Windows Vista on anewly purchased computer that has no previously installed operating system?

A. FormattingB. PartitioningC. RedirectingD. Installing the OS

Answer: BExplanation:The first step to install Windows Vista on a newly purchased computer that has nopreviously installed operating system would be Partitioning. On the new disk drives youneed to first create partitions and then format those partitions to install an operatingsystem.

QUESTION NO: 7Which of the following statements are true about formatting a hard drive? (Selectall that apply.)


- 216 -

A. Formatting marks the bad sectors if the hard disk has any.B. Formatting lays down magnetic tracks in concentric circles.C. Formatting split the tracks into the sectors, which are actually the pieces of 512 bytes.D. Formatting creates a File Allocation Table so that the drive becomes capable ofstoring and locating data.E. Formatting erases all the data.

Answer: A, B, C, D, EExplanation:Formatting arranges the disk in order to prepare the drive so that it is able to manage dataon a storage device. It performs all the listed tasks.

QUESTION NO: 8Which of the following processes need to be followed after installing a newer versionof Windows to curb software piracy?

A. CertificationB. ConfirmationC. ActivationD. SubstantiationE. Regeneration

Answer: CExplanation:After installing a newer version of Windows, you need to follow a process of Activationto curb software piracy.

QUESTION NO: 9On your Windows XP computer, you want to find, download, and install Windowsservice packs automatically. Which of the following utilities would allow you to dothat?

A. Update ManagerB. Service Pack Manager


- 217 -

C. Download ManagerD. Windows UpdateE. Download Update Manager

Answer: DExplanation:Windows Update finds, downloads, and installs Windows service packs automatically.None of the other options are real utilities.

QUESTION NO: 10Which of the following is the Ethernet computer networking standard that allows a"sleeping" computer to turn on by a network message?

A. Sleep timerB. WEPC. Wake on LAND. WPAE. WAKE

Answer: CExplanation:The Ethernet computer networking standard that allows a "sleeping" computer to turn onby a network message is Wake on LAN. The message is usually sent to the sleepingcomputer by another computer by executing a simple program on the local area network.

QUESTION NO: 11You want to configure updates for Windows and Microsoft Office on yourcomputer. Which of the following updates should you use?

A. Windows UpdatesB. Microsoft UpdatesC. System UpdatesD. Automatic UpdatesE. None of the other alternatives apply


- 218 -

Answer: BExplanation:To configure automatic updates for Windows and Microsoft Office on your computer,you need to use Windows Update, which extends it service to download updates for otherMicrosoft applications also.The Windows update downloads patches only for Windows operating system andAutomatic Updates allows you to set your PC to automatically download and installupdates using either service. There is no update called System Update

QUESTION NO: 12Which of the following steps would you take to set up a new operating system onyour computer using the CD-ROM?

A. Format a partition, install device drivers, and install the operating system.B. Create a partition, format the partition, and install the operating system.C. Install the operating system, create a partition, and install device drivers.D. Install the operating system, install device drivers, and create a partition.

Answer: BExplanation:To set up a new operating system on your computer using the CD-ROM, you need to firstcreate a partition and then format the partition to prepare it to be used by the OS and theninstall the operating system. The device driver installation is the part of the OSinstallation.

QUESTION NO: 13You are employed as the senior technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.comnetwork consists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. You arein the process of explaining to the new interns in the department where they canlook to gather data pertaining to errors an concerns on a Microsoft Windows XPworkstation.

What should you do?

A. This can be accomplished by right-clicking My Computer and selecting Help andSupport.

B. This can be accomplished by clicking Start and selecting Programs.


- 219 -

Then Accessories should be selected. Thereafter System Tools should be selected. Lastly Help and Support should be selected.

C. This can be accomplished by right-clicking the Taskbar and selecting Help andSupport.

D. This can be accomplished by clicking Start and selecting Help and Support.

Answer: D

QUESTION NO: 14You are employed as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com networkconsists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. You areresponsible for a workstation that is configured to run Microsoft Windows XP. Youreceive an instruction from management to prevent a program from loading atstartup.


A. This can be accomplished using MSCONFIG.B. This can be accomplished using Performance Monitor.C. This can be accomplished using Net stop.D. This can be accomplished using Event Viewer.E. This can be accomplished using Registry.

Answer: A, E

QUESTION NO: 15TestKing.com has employed you as a technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. During the course of the day you receive an instruction frommanagement to uninstall Windows XP Service Pack 2.

What should you do?

A. You should consider running the SPUNINST.EXE command line.B. You should consider running the PROGMAN.EXE command line.


- 220 -

C. You should consider running the CONVERT.EXE command line.D. You should consider running the TASKMAN.EXE command line.

Answer: A

QUESTION NO: 16You are the newly appointed desktop support technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. You receive a call from a user who inquires about the validinstallation methods for Windows XP.

What should you inform the user? (Choose all that apply.)

A. The user should use the Windows CD installation.B. The user should use the XCOPY all files from another computer.C. The user should use the factory recovery partition.D. The user should use the buy a fully configured hard drive.E. The user should use the installation from Microsoft.com.F. The user should use the network installation.

Answer: A, C, F

QUESTION NO: 17You are the newly appointed technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.comnetwork consists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. There areboth desktop and laptop workstations in operation at TestKing.com. You are in theprocess of installing new computers into your department. You receive aninstruction from management to ensure that all information is deleted from thecomputers before it is recycled.

What should you do?

A. You should consider running a big magnet over the top of the hard drive a number oftimes.

B. You should consider removing the hard drive and destroying it.C.


- 221 -

You should consider reformatting the hard drive to a clean state using the formatcommand.

D. You should consider removing the memory and destroying it.

Answer: D

QUESTION NO: 18You work as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com network consists of asingle Active Directory domain named testking.com. During the course of the dayyou receive an instruction from the CIO to execute a Windows installation on aworkstation that has its hard drives connected to a new SATA card.

What should you do?

A. To ensure a successful installation you should consider using the Windows XPProfessional for SATA card support feature.

B. To ensure a successful installation you should consider creating a utilities partition onthe hard disk before installing the operating system.

C. To ensure a successful installation you should consider press F6 when prompted toload the additional drivers.

D. To ensure a successful installation you should consider disabling the system BIOS inorder for the SATA card to take boot precedence.

Answer: C

Section 4: Explain the basics of boot sequences, methods andstartup utilities (30 Questions)

QUESTION NO: 1Which of the following files is the bootstrap loader of Windows XP?

A. NTLDRB. BOOT.INI


- 222 -

C. BOOTSTRAP.EXED. NTBOOTDD.SYSE. NTOSKRNL.EXE

Answer: AExplanation:The bootstrap loader of Windows XP is NTLDR file. It first allows full memoryaddressing and then starts the file system. Next it reads boot.ini and put up the bootmenu.NTBOOTDD.SYS is used only when you are using a SCSI boot device. There is no filecalled BOOTSTRAP.EXE.

QUESTION NO: 2Which of the following files is responsible for starting the boot-up process inWindows XP?

A. NTOSKRNL.EXEB. CONFIG.SYSC. AUTOEXEC.BATD. NTLDRE. NTBOOTDD.SYS

Answer: DExplanation:The file that is responsible for starting the boot-up process in Windows XP and WindowsVista is NTLDR. Although, NTOSKRNL.EXE and NTBOOTDD.SYS are also the partof the boot process but the first file that is responsible for starting the boot process isNTLDR. The AUTOEXEC.BAT and CONFIG.SYS are not boot process files.

QUESTION NO: 3When you boot Windows in Safe Mode, Windows_________________

A. Does not load AUTOEXEC.BAT and CONFIG.SYS files.B. Does not scan drives during the boot process.C. Loads only basic files and drivers.


- 223 -

D. Does not load Registry.

Answer: CExplanation:When you boot Windows in Safe Mode, Windows loads only basic files and drivers sothat you can find out the configuration errors easily.

QUESTION NO: 4Which of the following options would you choose to fix a corruptedNTOSKRNL.EXE file?

A. You will reinstall Windows.B. You will replace the existing NTOSKRNL.EXE file with a new one.C. You will point to the backup of the NTOSKRNL.EXE file in the BOOT.INI file.D. You will first boot the system using the startup disk and then replace theNTOSKRNL.EXE file from the setup disks or CD.

Answer: DExplanation:To fix a corrupted NTOSKRNL.EXE file quickly, you need to first boot the system usingthe startup disk and then replace the NTOSKRNL.EXE file from the setup disks or CD.Reinstalling windows will be a long process to correct the problem.

QUESTION NO: 5Which of the following types of Windows Vista installation option would you chooseif you want to be personally present at the time of the installation and choose alloptions as they appear?

A. AttendedB. ExistingC. BootstrapD. DenoteE. Unattended

Answer: A


- 224 -

Explanation:If you want to be personally present at the time of the installation and choose all optionsas they appear, you need to choose the Attended installation of Windows Vista.

QUESTION NO: 6Which of the following options would you choose to access the advanced startupoptions in Windows Vista and Windows XP?

A. Press spacebar when the Windows logo displays for the first timeB. Press Ctrl+Alt+Del When the Windows logo displays for the first timeC. Press Esc during the first phase of the boot processD. Press F8 during the first phase of the boot processE. There are no advanced startup options in Windows Vista and Windows XP.

Answer: DExplanation:To access the advanced startup options in Windows Vista and Windows XP you need topress F8 during the first phase of the boot process.

QUESTION NO: 7Which of the following advanced startup options would you choose in Windows2000 to get back to your previously functioning environment after an incorrectdriver installation?

A. Command Prompt OnlyB. Safe ModeC. Step-By-Step ConfigurationD. Debugging ModeE. Last Known Good Configuration

Answer: EExplanation:


- 225 -

In Windows 2000 to get back to your previously functioning environment after anincorrect driver installation, you would choose the Last Known Good Configurationadvanced startup option. This option saves the last functional state of the system whenthe system booted perfectly and allows you to restore back the system to the previousstate when some problem occurs and system is unable to boot normally.

QUESTION NO: 8Which of the following files is the translator between the hardware and theoperating system?

A. NTDETECT.COMB. NTOSKRNL.EXEC. NTBOOTDD.SYSD. HAL.DLLE. NTLDRF. AUTOEXEC.BAT

Answer: DExplanation:The HAL.DLL or the Hardware Abstraction Layer is responsible for the communicationbetween the hardware and the operating system.

QUESTION NO: 9You have a bootable USB device that contains the operating system that you want toload on your computer system. Which of the following options would you use to setthe boot order so that you will be able to boot from the USB drive first and harddrive only if there is no bootable USB device attached?

A. NTLDRB. \WiNDOWS\TEMP\1st.txtC. BOOT.INID. AUTOEXEC.BATE. None of the other alternatives apply

Answer: EExplanation:


- 226 -

To set the boot order so that you will be able to boot from the USB drive first and harddrive only if there is no bootable USB device attached, you need to modify the BIOSSettings, which is not given in any of the options.

QUESTION NO: 10You want to create Restore Points in your Windows XP computer, so that you canrestore your computer to an earlier stage in case of a failure. Which of the followingtools allow you to create restore points in Windows XP?

A. BackupB. System RestoreC. Restore PointD. Emergency Repair

Answer: BExplanation:To create restore points, you need to use the System Restore tool. Although, the SystemRestore tool automatically creates restore points, it also allows you to create restorepoints in case you want to.Backup creates backups of your hard drive. There are no Restore Point or EmergencyRepair tools.

QUESTION NO: 11After upgrading your computer to Windows 2000, you were not able to print withyour old printer, which was working fine before the upgrade. Which of thefollowing actions should you take to correct the problem?

A. Purchase a new printer because the old printer is not compatible with Windows 2000.B. Install the latest printer driver because the printer driver is out-of-date.C. The printer driver has been corrupted after the upgrade so, uninstall, and then reinstallthe printer using the original driver.D. None of the other alternatives apply.



- 227 -

The most probable cause of the printer not working is the outdated driver. You shouldalways ensure that you have the latest drivers installed for any hardware you use becausemost problems originate due to wrong drivers. Uninstalling and reinstalling the samedriver is of no use because the original driver is outdated.

QUESTION NO: 12Which of the following features of Windows Vista keep a copy of your systemconfiguration and allow you to roll back to the saved configuration, in case ofconfiguration error?

A. Restore pointB. Repair pointC. Rollback pointD. Registry point

Answer: AExplanation:The Restore Point feature of Windows Vista keeps a copy of your system configurationand allows you to roll back to the saved configuration, in case of configuration error.

QUESTION NO: 13You want to create a recovery disk in Windows XP. Which of the following optionswould allow you to do that?

A. Automated System Recovery (ASR)B. RDISK.EXEC. Enhanced Startup Disk (ESD)D. Emergency Recovery System (ERS)

Answer: AExplanation:To create a recovery disk in Windows XP, you need to use Automated System Recovery(ASR).


- 228 -

QUESTION NO: 14On your dual boot computer system, you want to modify the boot options. Which ofthe following files would you modify?

A. ntldrB. boot.iniC. ntdetect.comD. ntbootdd.sysE. Autoexec.bat

Answer: BExplanation:To modify the boot options, you need to use the boot.ini file.The ntldr file is the first file that loads the bootstrap process. The ntdetect.com filedetects hardware at the time of booting the system and ntbootdd.sys is only called at thebootstrap process, if you're using a SCSI boot device.

QUESTION NO: 15What is the name of the virtual memory file in Windows 2000?

A. vmm.sysB. swapfile.sysC. pagefile.sysD. w2kvm.sys

Answer: CExplanation:The name of the virtual memory file in Windows 2000 is the pagefile.sys.

QUESTION NO: 16Which of the following files would you edit to configure dual-boot computers (?

A. ntldrB. boot.iniC. ntdetect.comD. ntbootdd.sys


- 229 -

E. None of the other alternatives apply

Answer: BExplanation:To configure dual-boot computers, you need to edit the boot.ini that is loaded by the ntldrfile that loads the bootstrap process in a system. The boot.ini file is an editable text filewith one or more lines that reference partitions to boot to.

QUESTION NO: 17Which of the following Windows XP files is responsible to detect the systemhardware every time you boot your Windows XP computer?

A. ntldrB. boot.iniC. ntdetect.comD. ntbootdd.sysE. autodetect.com

Answer: CExplanation:The ntdetect.com file is responsible to detect the system hardware every time you bootyour Windows XP computer.The ntldr file is the first file that starts the operating system, boot.ini is loaded as soon asthe ntldr starts the boot process. It contains boot options. The ntbootdd.sys file is calledonly if you're using a SCSI boot device. There is no file called autodetect.com.

QUESTION NO: 18After installing a new video card on your Windows XP computer, you saw the videoappearing garbled and unreadable after you reboot your computer. Which of thefollowing advanced startup option would allow you to enable a workingenvironment?

A. Command Prompt OnlyB. Safe ModeC. VGA ModeD. Debugging Mode


- 230 -

E. Last Known Good Configuration

Answer: CExplanation:The VGA mode would allow you to enable a working environment in Windows XP whenyou know it is a video problem.Safe Mode is usually a good choice to detect the problem when you need to load fewerdrivers but in this case you know the problem. The Last Known Good Configurationoption cannot revert back the drivers because the video card is new.

QUESTION NO: 19The Windows Vista stores operating system boot information in ___________ file.

A. boot.iniB. BCDC. MBRD. GRUBE. NTLDR

Answer: BExplanation:Windows Vista stores operating system boot information in BCD file or BootConfiguration Data file.

QUESTION NO: 20Which of the following tasks would you perform on your newly installed WindowsXP computer to create restore points?

A. To create restore points, you don't have to do anything because Windows XP createsrestore points automatically.

B. To create restore points, you need to first open System Restore applet and then, selectProperties menu item from the Tools menu, and then you need to select the CreateRestore Points Automatically radio button.

C. To create restore points, you need to first open Windows Explorer and then, selectProperties menu item from the Tools menu, and then you need to select the CreateRestore Points Automatically radio button.


- 231 -

D. You cannot create restore points in Windows XP. The restore points can only becreated in Windows 2000.

Answer: AExplanation:To create restore points, you don't have to do anything because Windows XP createsrestore points automatically. However, Windows XP gives you facility to create restorepoints if you want. For that you need to use the System Restore utility.

QUESTION NO: 21While booting your computer, you received an unexpected boot error message thatsays OS not found. Which of the following should you check to correct the problem?

A. Check the computer's BIOS settingsB. Check if Plug and Play is enabled on the computerC. Check if the computer is in Safe ModeD. Check if the BIOS is current

Answer: DExplanation:In the above given situation, you should verify the computer's BIOS settings to make surethat BIOS lists and recognizes the hard disk. Such error message occurs when the basicinput/output system (BIOS) does not detect the hard disk.

QUESTION NO: 22To install Windows XP on a computer that uses a SATA hard drive which of thefollowing actions you may have to take to start the installation?

A. Press the F8 KeyB. Press the F3 KeyC. Press the F2 KeyD. Press the F6 Key

Answer: D


- 232 -

Explanation:To install Windows XP on a computer that uses a SATA hard drive, you may need toPress the F6 Key because a new SATA hard drive needs SATA drivers disc during theWindows Setup process. During the installation, a blue screen with a message at thebottom appears and prompts you to press F6 if you need to install a third party SCSI orRAID driver. Pressing F6 will ensure that you don't miss the SATA driver prompt screenwhen it has finished loading all the drivers.

QUESTION NO: 23While booting your computer, you received an unexpected boot error message thatsays OS not found. Which of the following should you check to correct the problem?

A. Check the computer's BIOS settingsB. Check if Plug and Play is enabled on the computerC. Check if the computer is in Safe ModeD. Check if the BIOS is currentE. The boot order in the BIOS

Answer: EExplanation:First check the boot order.

QUESTION NO: 24You are the newly appointed desktop support technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. A TestKing.com user named Amy Walsh contacted the Help desk todetermine where she can locate the Administrative Tools folder after Windows XPwas installed on the workstation.

What should you do?

A. You should inform her that it can be located in My Computer.B. You should inform her that it can be located in the Start Menu.C. You should inform her that it can be located in the Control Panel.D. You should inform her that it can be located in the Program Files.


- 233 -

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 25TestKing.com has employed you as a technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. During routine maintenance you discover that a number of expansioncard slots have open ports. You then inform management that the covers for theslots need to be reinstalled.

What should your motivation be?

A. You should inform management that it will aid in limiting the electrostatic discharge(ESD) inside the case.

B. You should inform management that it will aid in limiting the radio frequencyinterference (RFI) inside the case.

C. You should inform management that it will aid the boot order in the BIOSD. You should inform management that it will aid in stopping any buildup of moisture in

the case.

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 26You have been assigned to the TestKing.com help desk to aid all the TestKing.comusers who experience trouble with their workstations. There are both desktop andlaptop workstations in operation at TestKing.com.

A TestKing.com user named Kara Lang installed a new graphics driver on hersystem. Upon restarting the computer she discovers that the display no longerappears. You need to rectify this error as soon as possible

What should you do?

A. Your best option would be to use safe mode.B. Your best option would be to boot with repair disk.C. Your best option would be to boot to the recovery console.D. Your best option would be to use safe mode with command prompt.


- 234 -

Answer: A

QUESTION NO: 27TestKing.com has employed you as a technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. You receive an instruction to remove programs in Windows XP fromstartup.

What should you do?

A. Your best option would to make use of ASR.B. Your best option would to make use of Task Manager.C. Your best option would to make use of Computer Management.D. Your best option would to make use of MSCONFIG.

Answer: D

QUESTION NO: 28You work as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com network consists of asingle Active Directory domain named testking.com. There are both desktop andlaptop workstations in operation at TestKing.com. You are in the process ofinforming a client which devices can be classified as a valid boot device.


A. You should identify the RAM.B. You should identify the Hard disk.C. You should identify the Tape drive.D. You should identify the DVD.ROM.E. You should identify the NIC.F. You should identify the Sound card.

Answer: B, D, E


- 235 -

QUESTION NO: 29You are employed as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com networkconsists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. There are bothdesktop and laptop workstations in operation at TestKing.com. During the course ofthe day you discover that a system crashed due to an external hard driveinstallation. You need to determine the most appropriate startup selection.


A. Your best option would be to start the system in the Active Directory Restore Mode.B. Your best option would be to start the system in the Debugging Mode.C. Your best option would be to start the system in Last Known Good Configuration.D. Your best option would be to start the system in Safe Mode with Command Prompt.

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 30You work as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com network consists of asingle Active Directory domain named testking.com. You are in the process ofbooting up your computer when it displays MISSING NTLDR.

What should you do?

A. Your first step should be to remove all incompatible hardware.B. Your first step should be to disable plug and play in the BIOS.C. Your first step should be to install Windows Updates.D. Your first step should be to clear any removable disks from all drives then the

computer should be restarted.

Answer: D

Topic 4: Networking (94 Questions)


- 236 -

Section 1: Summarize the basics of networking fundamentals,including technologies, devices and protocols (42 Questions)

QUESTION NO: 1You want to plug a keyboard into a PS/2 port of your computer. Which of thefollowing style is the PS/2 port?

A. RJ-11B. DE9C. DIN 5D. Mini-DIN 6

Answer: DExplanation:A PS/2 port is also referred to as a mini-DIN 6 connector.

QUESTION NO: 2You want to use high speed USB on your computer. At what speed maximum doesyour USB 2.0 runs if you upgrade your USB 1.1 to USB 2.0?

A. 1.5 mbpsB. 12 mbpsC. 60 mbpsD. 480 mbps

Answer: DExplanation:Hi-Speed USB runs at speeds up to 480Mbps, compared to the 12Mbps full-speed and1.5Mbps low-speed options available with USB 1.1 (now known simply as USB) TheUSB 2.0 spec provides for a maximum speed of 480 megabits per second (Mbps- notmegabytes per second, or MBps).

QUESTION NO: 2


- 237 -

You have set up a network of 50 computers in your office using the TCP/IPprotocol. You want all the client computers to obtain the IP configurationautomatically. Which of the following server types would you use for this purpose?

A. DNSB. DHCPC. Domain controllerD. IP configuration serverE. Member Server

Answer: BExplanation:To allow all the client computers to obtain IP addresses automatically, you need aDynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server. The DHCP server provides IPconfiguration information to hosts computers when they join the network. A DomainName System (DNS) server is used to resolves hostnames, a domain controller is used toprovide login authentication, and there is no server called IP configuration server.

QUESTION NO: 3Which of the following OSI layer is responsible for providing error free, reliable,and end to end communication and sending an "all clear" signal after making surethat the data segments are error free?

A. Application layerB. Session layerC. Transport layerD. Network layerE. Data Link Layer

Answer: CExplanation:OSI layer that is responsible for providing error free, reliable, end to end communication,and sending an "all clear" signal after making sure that the data segments are error free isthe Transport layer.

QUESTION NO: 4


- 238 -

The port 80 is associated with _____________ TCP/IP protocol?

A. HTTPB. HTTPSC. TelnetD. POP3

Answer: AExplanation:The port 80 is associated with HTTP TCP/IP protocol.

QUESTION NO: 5Which of the following protocol used on Ethernet networks is able to sense the cablefor network traffic and ensures that only one network node is transmitting on thenetwork wire at any one time and in case of collision it is able to detect the error?

A. Token passingB. CSMA /CDC. CSMA /CAD. Demand priorityE. ISO/OSI

Answer: BExplanation:The protocol used on Ethernet networks that is able to sense the cable for network trafficand ensures that only one network node is transmitting on the network wire at any onetime and in case of collision it is able to detect the error is CSMA /CD (Carrier SenseMultiple Access with Collision Detection). If a collision is detected, then both nodespause to detect and then retransmit the data.CSMA /CA (Carrier Sense Multiple Access/Collision Avoidance) is a transmissiontechnology that attempts to avoid collisions rather than detect them as in CSMA/CD.

QUESTION NO: 6


- 239 -

Which of the following options is a standard model for networking protocols thatdescribe how network protocols should function?

A. OSIB. ISOC. CSMA /CAD. CSMA /CDE. SSID

Answer: AExplanation:The Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) model is a standard model for networkingprotocols that describe how network protocols should function.

This model is designed by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO). SSIDis the public name of a wireless network and CSMA /CA (Carrier Sense MultipleAccess/Collision Avoidance) is a transmission technology that attempts to avoidcollisions rather than detect them as in CSMA/CD.

QUESTION NO: 7Which of the following is the central device in a physical star topology, to which allthe machine are connected to?

A. NICB. BridgeC. RouterD. Hub

Answer: DExplanation:Hub is the central device in a physical star topology, to which all the machine areconnected to. The star topology allows each machine on the network to have a point topoint connection to the central hub. All of the traffic which transverses the networkpasses through the central hub that acts as a signal booster or repeater to allow the signalto travel greater distances.


- 240 -

QUESTION NO: 8Which of the following network devices use tables to store network addresses andthen use those tables to determine the best destination to transfer packets acrossmultiple networks?

A. RoutersB. BridgesC. HubsD. SwitchesE. NIC

Answer: AExplanation:The Routers are the network devices that use routing tables to store network addressesand then use those tables to determine the best destination path to transfer packets acrossmultiple networks.

QUESTION NO: 9Which of the following network designs do not have a central server to provideresources and in which users access resources from other workstations?

A. Client-serverB. StarC. RingD. BusE. Peer-to-peer

Answer: DExplanation:A peer-to-peer network design has no a central server to provide resources and thereforeusers access all of the resources from various workstations on which they reside.

QUESTION NO: 10You are using the star topology in your small office network. Which of the followingstatements are not correct about the star topology? (Select all that apply.)


- 241 -

A. A single failure in cable can affect all the computers on the network.B. All computers connect to one main centrally located computer.C. It allows peer to peer coordination.D. It uses a dual-ring configuration.

Answer: A, C, DExplanation:In the Star Topology there is a central connection point called the hub which is acomputer hub or sometimes just a switch. All the computers in the network arecommunicating with one main centrally located computer and therefore there is no peerto peer coordination. The star network design is used with today's UTP based networks.

QUESTION NO: 11Which of the following standards would you use if you want to use a standard thatcan support communication up to 54Mbps?

A. 802.11xB. 802.11bC. 802.11gD. Bluetooth

Answer: CExplanation:You need to use 802.11g standard if you want to use a standard that can supportcommunication up to 54Mbps.802.11x refers to the family of 802.11 standards, 802.11b supports communication onlyup to 11Mbps, and Bluetooth supports communication up to 3Mbps.

QUESTION NO: 12The port 23 is used by _____________ TCP/IP protocol.

A. HTTPB. SMTPC. Telnet


- 242 -

D. POP3

Answer: CExplanation:The port 23 is used by Telnet TCP/IP protocol.

QUESTION NO: 13Which of the following network protocol layers is responsible for specifying how thedata is transmitted over a physical medium?

A. Application layerB. Session layerC. Data Link layerD. Physical layerE. Communication layer

Answer: DExplanation:The Physical layer is responsible for specifying how the data is transmitted over aphysical medium.

QUESTION NO: 14You want the client computers on your TCP/IP protocol based internal network tobe able search the other computers and communicate with them by usinghostnames. Which of the following types of server would you configure on yournetwork to accomplish this task?

A. DNSB. DHCPC. Hostname serverD. Domain controllerE. DSN



- 243 -

To allow the client computers on your TCP/IP protocol based internal network to be ablesearch the other computers and communicate with them by using hostnames, you need toimplement the Domain Name System (DNS) server, which resolves hostnames to IPaddresses.A Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server provides IP configurationinformation to client computers. A domain controller may provide login authenticationand there is no hostname server and DSN server.

QUESTION NO: 15The network addressing within TCP/IP protocol is done by _____________.

A. IPXB. UDPC. IPD. TCP

Answer: CExplanation:The network addressing within TCP/IP protocol is done by IP (Internet Protocol.IPX protocol is not part of the TCP/IP suite. UDP protocol provides connectionlessdelivery, and TCP protocol provides connection-oriented delivery.

QUESTION NO: 16To create a physical network in your company, you want to use the networktopology that uses the least amount of cabling. Which of the following networktopologies would you use?

A. BusB. StarC. MeshD. HybridE. Ring

Answer: AExplanation:You should use Bus topology because that requires the least amount of cabling.


- 244 -

QUESTION NO: 17Which of the following network designs is your network following if one of thecomputers out of six networked computes is sharing a printer, and rest of the fivecomputers are sharing files?

A. Gateway centricB. Peer-to-peerC. Server centricD. NonroutedE. Client-Server

Answer: BExplanation:If one of the computers out of six networked computes is sharing a printer, and rest of thefive computers are sharing files then your network is following a peer-to-peer networkdesign. In this design the computers act as both service providers and service requestors.This design is best suited for small networks.

QUESTION NO: 18______________ communications are limited to a distance of about one meter anduses point-to-point communication.

A. BluetoothB. Wireless EthernetC. CellularD. InfraredE. Telephone

Answer: DExplanation:Infrared communications are limited to a distance of about one meter and usespoint-to-point communication.Bluetooth can work up to 100 meters, Wireless Ethernet network signals can travel forseveral hundred meters, and cellular and telephonic communications can span up toseveral kilometers.


- 245 -

QUESTION NO: 19On a piconet network how many devices can you use?

A. SixB. SevenC. EightD. Unlimited

Answer: CExplanation:On a piconet network or a Bluetooth network you can use up to eight devices. On thesame network, one device can communicate with seven other devices.

QUESTION NO: 20Which of the following methods would you use to configure a wireless router to limitthe access of computers to some devices?

A. MAC filteringB. IP filteringC. DNS filteringD. Use an SSID

Answer: AExplanation:To configure a wireless router to limit the access of computers that have access to thewireless router to some devices you need to use MAC filtering. This method allowsaccess to only computers that have specific MAC addresses.There is no IP filtering or DNS filtering. The use of an SSID cannot limit access eventhough it is used by all the routers.

QUESTION NO: 21The port 110 is used by _____________ TCP/IP protocol.


- 246 -

A. HTTPB. HTTPSC. SMTPD. POP3

Answer: DExplanation:The port 110 is used by POP3 TCP/IP protocol.HTTP uses port 80, HTTPS uses 443

QUESTION NO: 22In which of the following network topologies, all cables are connected to a hub butclients need token to access the network?

A. StarB. MeshC. RingD. BusE. Line

Answer: CExplanation:In the physical ring topology, the network is cabled as a star and users need token toaccess the network.

QUESTION NO: 23The ____________ is the Layer 2 network device of the OSI model that segments anetwork for organizational works.

A. GatewayB. RouterC. HubD. BridgeE. Switch


- 247 -

Answer: DExplanation:The Bridge is the network device that works at the Layer 2 of the OSI model andsegments a network for organizational works. Bridges increase organization,performance, and security of a network by keeping the traffic on one side from crossingto the other. They are the only Layer 2 devices among the options.

QUESTION NO: 24Which of the following actions should be your first action if the built-in networkcard on your laptop is not working? (Select all that apply)

A. Check for the connectivity lights.B. Make sure the network card did not get turned off accidentally.C. Plug the network card into a cable and then check its working.D. Check her TCP/IP settings to find out that the laptop is getting the IP address from the

DHCP server.

Answer: A, BExplanation:The first two actions that you may take after finding that the built-in network card onyour laptop is not working is to check if there are any lights, and the next is to ensure thatthe card didn't get turned off accidently. Those are the easy ones. If the card appears to beon, then you can try to plug it in and see if it works, if the user has a cable.

QUESTION NO: 25Which of the following default subnet mask would you assign to a network devicethat was just installed in a class B network?

A. 224.0.0.1B. 255.0.0.0C. 255.255.0.0D. 255.255.255.0



- 248 -

The default subnet mask that you should assign to a network device that was justinstalled in a class B network is 255.255.0.0.

QUESTION NO: 26You want to find out the connectivity between two host computers. Which of thefollowing commands can you use? (Select all that apply).

A. chkntfsB. nslookupC. tracertD. ipconfigE. ping

Answer: C, EExplanation:To find out the connectivity between two host computers, you can use the tracert (traceroute) utility or ping utility. The tracert utility allows you to find out the path taken byyour computer to reach another host and Ping is used to check if host is reachable,Ipconfig is used to find the IP configuration information of a computer, and nslookupallows you to verify entries on a DNS server. Ipconfig is used to find the IP configurationinformation of a computer. Chkntfs checks the NTFS file system

QUESTION NO: 27The main function of a DNS server is to______________

A. Secure network traffic through shared key encryption.B. Provide resolution of host names to IP addresses.C. Provide security for a network through the use of ACLs.D. Dynamically assign IP addresses for easy client configuration.

Answer: BExplanation:The main function of DNS is the mapping of IP addresses to human readable names. TheDNS server strictly functions as an ip address lookup for a given domain name.


- 249 -

QUESTION NO: 28Which of the following steps would you use to check the IP address and defaultGateway configured on a user's computer, who had complained about not beingable to access Internet?

A. Click Start, open the Run dialog box and type ipconfig. Click OK.B. Click Start, open the Run dialog box and type cmd. Click OK>type ipconfig

/flushdns>press enter.C. Click Start, open the Run dialog box and type cmd. Click OK>type ipconfig

/release>press enter.D. Click Start, open the Run dialog box and type cmd. Click OK>type ipconfig /all>press

enter

Answer: DExplanation:The Ipconfig command is used to find the IP configuration information of a computer.The Syntax IPCONFIG /all displays full configuration information. You can type theIpconfig command by clicking Start->Run and then typing cmd to open the commandprompt to type the ipconfig command.

QUESTION NO: 29Which of the following protocols uses port 80?

A. SMTPB. HTTPC. HTTPSD. FTP

Answer: BExplanation:The HTTP protocol uses port 80.

QUESTION NO: 30


- 250 -

TestKing.com has employed you as a senior technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. You are in the process of explaining to the new interns in thedepartment the components that are part of the TCP/IP network configuration.


A. You should identify DNS as it forms part of the TCP/IP network configuration.B. You should identify AppleTalk as it forms part of the TCP/IP network configuration.C. You should identify IPX/SPX as it forms part of the TCP/IP network configuration.D. You should identify NetBEUI as it forms part of the TCP/IP network configuration.E. You should identify DHCP as it forms part of the TCP/IP network configuration.

Answer: A, E

QUESTION NO: 31You are the newly appointed technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.comnetwork consists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. Duringthe course of the day you receive an instruction to identify the Internet Connectivitymethod that utilizes PPPoE.

What should you do?

A. PPPoE is used by the Satellite.B. PPPoE is used by DSL.C. PPPoE is used by Dial-up.D. PPPoE is used by the Cable.

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 32TestKing.com has employed you as a technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. You receive an instruction to control the access to a network. Youneed to accomplish this based on the address that is hard coded into the NIC.


- 251 -

What should you do?

A. You should consider using Channel 11.B. You should consider using SSID.C. You should consider using 802.11n.D. You should consider using MAC filtering.

Answer: D

QUESTION NO: 33You are the newly appointed senior technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.comnetwork consists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. Youreceive an instruction from TestKing.com to identify the services that use TCP port21 by default.


A. The SMTP service makes use of TCP port 21 by default.B. The TELNET service makes use of TCP port 21 by default.C. The HTTPS service makes use of TCP port 21 by default.D. The FTP service makes use of TCP port 21 by default.

Answer: D

QUESTION NO: 34You have been assigned to the TestKing.com help desk to aid all the TestKing.comusers who experience trouble with their workstations. There are both desktop andlaptop workstations in operation at TestKing.com. A TestKing.com user namedKara Lang contacted the Help desk to identify how she can locate the IP address ofone of the workstations.


A. You should inform her that she should open a command window and run ipconfigfrom the command line.

B.


- 252 -

You should inform her to open a command window and run net /? from the commandline.

C. You should inform her to open Network Connections from the control panel. Then she should right click the Local Area Connection and select Status. Thereafter she should select the Support tab.

D. You should inform her to run the System Configuration Utility from the run line. Thereafter she should click the Services tab.

Answer: A, C

QUESTION NO: 35You are the newly appointed desktop support technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. During the course of the day you receive a call from a user who wantsto know the printing protocols that can be utilized in a network for printing.


A. You should advise the user to make use of RAW.B. You should advise the user to make use of FTP.C. You should advise the user to make use of HTTP.D. You should advise the user to make use of LPR.E. You should advise the user to make use of USB.

Answer: A, D

QUESTION NO: 36TestKing.com has employed you as a desktop support technician at TestKing.com.The TestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. A TestKing.com user named Amy Walsh contacted the Help desk todetermine which port she should use when she adds a printer in Microsoft WindowsXP.

What should you do?


- 253 -

A. You should inform her to make use of a USB port.B. You should inform her to make use of a Parallel port.C. You should inform her to make use of a Standard TCP/IP port.D. You should inform her to make use of a Serial port.

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 37You are employed as the desktop support technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. You receive numerous calls from users stating that they are unable tomake a connection to their home wireless network from their notebook computers.Previously they were able to make a connection to their home wireless network.They also inform you that they are not able to see the network anymore.

What should you do?

A. The error occurred as a recent upgrade changed the wireless specification from802.11a to 802.11n.

B. The error occurred since the wireless network is not properly configured.C. The error occurred since MAC filtering is stopping the computer from connecting to

the network.D. The error occurred since the wireless network card is disabled by the hardware switch.

Answer: D

QUESTION NO: 38You are employed as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com networkconsists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. You receive aninstruction from management to determine the IP address that is not routable onthe Internet.


A. You should identify 192.168.1.16B. You should identify 8.1.1.23


- 254 -

C. You should identify 176.15.1.7D. You should identify 206.1.9.3

Answer: A

QUESTION NO: 39You work as a desktop support technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.comnetwork consists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. Duringthe course of the morning you receive a call from a user wanting to know whichaddresses will be allocated by APIPA.

What should you do?

A. You should inform the user that the 10.0.0.25 address will be allocated.B. You should inform the user that the 169.254.0.15 address will be allocated.C. You should inform the user that the 172.16.1.15 address will be allocated.D. You should inform the user that the 192.168.0.15 address will be allocated.

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 40You work as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com network consists of asingle Active Directory domain named testking.com. During the course of the dayyou receive a memo from management inquiring about the highest transfer ratebetween a 10/100 NIC and a 10/100/1000 NIC.

What should you inform management?

A. You should inform management that 1GB/s is the highest transfer rate.B. You should inform management that 100MB/s is the highest transfer rate.C. You should inform management that 1000MB/s is the highest transfer rate.D. You should inform management that 10000MB/s is the highest transfer rate

Answer: B


- 255 -

QUESTION NO: 41You work as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com network consists of asingle Active Directory domain named testking.com. You receive an instructionfrom management to add 802.11g network connectivity to a portable computer. Youneed to determine the best way to accomplish this task.

What should you do?

A. You should consider having a Bluetooth USB adapter installed.B. You should consider having the firmware updated in the LAN adapter.C. You should consider having a wireless PCMCIA card installed.D. You should consider having the infrared ports in the BIOS activated.

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 42You are the newly appointed technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.comnetwork consists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. Youreceive an instruction to identify the loopback address on a workstation with an IPaddress of 192.168.100.12, a subnet mask of 255.255.255.0 and a gateway of192.168.10.1.


A. You should identify 127.0.0.1 as the loopback address.B. You should identify 192.168.100.0 as the loopback address.C. You should identify 192.168.10.1 as the loopback address.D. You should identify 255.255.255.0 as the loopback address.

Answer: A

Section 2: Categorize network cables and connectors and theirimplementations (28 Questions)


- 256 -

QUESTION NO: 1Which of the following cabling technology is not affected by electromagnetic orradio-frequency interference?

A. Twisted-pair cablingB. CSMA /CDC. Broadband coaxial cablingD. Fiber-optic cabling

Answer: DExplanation:The Fiber-optic cabling is not affected by electromagnetic or radio-frequencyinterference

QUESTION NO: 2Which of the following IEEE 802 standard is able to transmit data at 10Mbps andspecifies the use of a bus topology and coaxial baseband cable?

A. 802.1B. 802.2C. 802.3D. 802.4E. 802.5

Answer: CExplanation:The IEEE 802.3 standard can transmit data up to 10Mbps and specifies the use of a bustopology and coaxial baseband cable.

QUESTION NO: 3Which of the following network cables can be used over longest possible distances?

A. Unshielded twisted pairB. CoaxialC. Fiber optic


- 257 -

D. Shielded twisted pair

Answer: CExplanation:Fiber optic network cables can be used over longest possible distances because of theirLow loss and high bandwidth properties. They can span distances of several kilometers,because it has much lower crosstalk and interference in comparison to copper cables.

QUESTION NO: 4You want to use the fire retardant network cable in the drop ceiling in your office.Which of the following types of cable should you use?

A. PlenumB. PVCC. CoaxialD. Fiber optic

Answer: AExplanation:Plenum-grade cable is specially used in fire retardant areas such as in a drop ceiling.Plenum is the coating on the cable and not the media within the cable.

QUESTION NO: 5You want to use category 5 cable on your network. Which of the following networkstandards can you not use?

A. 10Base-TB. 10Base5C. 100Base-T4D. 100Base-TX

Answer: BExplanation:You cannot use 10Base5 standard with category 5 cable on your network because it usesthick coax cable, which is obsolete.


- 258 -

QUESTION NO: 6You want to use the interface in your computer that offers a highest data rate.Which of the following interfaces should you use?

A. USB 1.1B. IEEE 1284C. FireWireD. SPP

Answer: CExplanation:To use the highest data rate, you should use FireWire. It is available in 400 and 800Mbpsversions.USB is next interface that offers highest data transfer in this list.

QUESTION NO: 7You want to use the 802.11x standard that is backward compatible with both802.11a and 802.11b. Which of the following standard can you use?

A. 802.11gB. 802.11nC. 802.11iD. 802.11CE. None of the other alternatives apply

Answer: BExplanation:You would use the 802.11n standard because it utilizes both the 2.4GHz and 5GHzspectrums, and is backward compatible with both 802.11a (5GHz) and 802.11b(2.4GHz).

QUESTION NO: 8


- 259 -

What does the IEEE 802.3 standard also called?

A. Logic link controlB. Token passingC. CSMA/CD LAND. Token Ring LANE. It is not a valid standard

Answer: CExplanation:The IEEE 802.3 standard is also called CSMA/CD standard. It is the standard accessmethod for Ethernet networks.

QUESTION NO: 9Which of the following ports would a laptop computer have if it has 25 or 9 pinconnector with male pins on the back of it?

A. Parallel portB. Serial portC. IEEE portD. USB port

Answer: BExplanation:If a laptop computer has 25 or 9 pin connector with male pins on the back of it then itindicates that the laptop contains a Serial port. They are used for the RS-232 (serial) ports

QUESTION NO: 10You are using twisted pair cable. Which of the following connector types can youuse?

A. T-ConnectorB. BNCC. RJ-45D. LC


- 260 -

Answer: CExplanation:With twisted pair cable you can use RJ-45 connector. The UTP (unshilded twisted pair)cable often is installed using a Registered Jack 45 (RJ-45) connector. The RJ-45 is aneight-wire connector used commonly to connect computers onto a local-area network(LAN), especially Ethernets

QUESTION NO: 11You work as a senior technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com networkconsists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. You receive aninstruction from the CIO to inform the new interns which network port is related tounencrypted web traffic.

What should you do?

A. You should inform them that port 53 is related to unencrypted web traffic.B. You should inform them that port 80 is related to unencrypted web traffic.C. You should inform them that port 110 is related to unencrypted web traffic.D. You should inform them that port 443 is related to unencrypted web traffic.

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 12TestKing.com has employed you as a technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. During the course of the day you receive an instruction frommanagement to determine the maximum cable length that should be utilized inorder to connect USB devices.


A. The maximum length is 15 meters (49 feet).B. The maximum length is 10 meters (33 feet).C. The maximum length is 7 meters (23 feet).


- 261 -

D. The maximum length is 5 meters (16 feet).

Answer: D

QUESTION NO: 13You are employed as the junior technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.comnetwork consists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. Youreceive an instruction from management to determine common from of a serialport.


A. The common form of a serial port is RJ-45.B. The common form of a serial port is a 15-pin D.shell.C. The common form of a serial port is a 9-pin D.shell.D. The common form of a serial port is a 6-pin Mini-DIN.

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 14You have been assigned to the TestKing.com help desk to aid all the TestKing.comusers who experience trouble with their workstations. There are both desktop andlaptop workstations in operation at TestKing.com. During the course of the day auser wants to know the connector type that should be used on fiber cables.

What should you do?

A. You should inform the user that the ST connector type is used.B. You should inform the user that the RJ-45 connector type is used.C. You should inform the user that the RJ-11 connector type is used.D. You should inform the user that the BNC connector type is used.

Answer: A


- 262 -

QUESTION NO: 15You are employed as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com networkconsists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. During the courseof the day you receive an instruction from management to inform the internsregarding the advantages of using a STP cable.

What should you do?

A. The STP cable increases the transfer rate.B. The STP cable decreases ESD.C. The STP cable decreases EMI.D. The STP cable increases RFI.

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 16TestKing.com has employed you as a technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. During the course of the day a user calls the helpdesk to enquire thefunction of the S-video mini-DIN connector on notebook computers.


A. The S-video mini-DIN connector permits digital video and audio to various devices.B. The S-video mini-DIN connector permits analog video output to various devices.C. The S-video mini-DIN connector permits digital video to various devices.D. The S-video mini-DIN connector permits a LCD projectors output to display on the

screen of notebook computers.

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 17


- 263 -

You are employed as the desktop support technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. You receive a call from a junior technician who wants to know themedia type he should use that will transmit data using pulses of light.

What should you do?

A. You should inform the technician to make use of a Cable.B. You should inform the technician to make use of a DSL.C. You should inform the technician to make use of a Fiber.D. You should inform the technician to make use of a Satellite.

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 18TestKing.com has employed you as a desktop support technician at TestKing.com.The TestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. During the course of the day a user inquires about the maximumlength of a CAT5e cable.

What should you do?

A. You should inform the user that it is 1076 feet (328 meters).B. You should inform the user that it is 492 feet (150 meters).C. You should inform the user that it is 328 feet (100 meters).D. You should inform the user that it is 100 feet (30 meters).

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 19You are employed as a senior technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.comnetwork consists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. Duringthe course of the day you receive an instruction to from management to identify theconnection type that can be transmitted over RG-6 media.



- 264 -

A. You should inform management that a Cable connection will accomplish it.B. You should inform management that a Dial-up connection will accomplish it.C. You should inform management that a DSL connection will accomplish it.D. You should inform management that a Satellite connection will accomplish it.

Answer: A

QUESTION NO: 20You are the newly appointed technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.comnetwork consists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. Duringthe course of the day you receive an instruction from management to determine thewireless type that have the maximum throughput and coverage by default.


A. By default 802.11a will have the maximum throughput and coverage.B. By default 801.11b will have the maximum throughput and coverage.C. By default 802.11g will have the maximum throughput and coverage.D. By default 802.11n will have the maximum throughput and coverage.

Answer: D

QUESTION NO: 21You are employed as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com networkconsists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. You receive aninstruction from the CIO to setup cabling in a 10BaseT network. You thus need todetermine the appropriate cabling that you should use.


A. You should consider using UTP.B. You should consider using Coaxial.C. You should consider using Fiber.D. You should consider using ThinNet.


- 265 -

Answer: A

QUESTION NO: 22TestKing.com has employed you as a desktop support technician at TestKing.com.The TestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. You receive an instruction to install an external hard drive as well as acontroller card on one of the workstations. The hard drive as well as the card makesuse of the IEEE1394b standard. You thus need to identify the appropriate cabletype that you should use.


A. Your best choice would be to make use of a 6-pin male to 4-pin female cable.B. Your best choice would be to make use of a 9-pin male to male cable.C. Your best choice would be to make use of a 6-pin male to male cable.D. Your best choice would be to make use of a 4-pin male to male cable.

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 23You are the newly appointed technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.comnetwork consists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. You arein the process of informing the new interns which cable types makes use of a BNC?

What should you do?

A. A BNC makes use of a UTP cable.B. A BNC makes use of a Fiber cable.C. A BNC makes use of a Coaxial cable.D. A BNC makes use of a CAT6 cable.

Answer: C


- 266 -

QUESTION NO: 24You are employed as the desktop support technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. A junior technician calls the helpdesk to inquire which network cablesmake use of analog signals.

What should you do?

A. You should tell him that wireless network connections uses analog signals.B. You should tell him that satellite network connections uses analog signals.C. You should tell him that cable network connections uses analog signals.D. You should tell him that dial-up network connections use analog signals.

Answer: D

QUESTION NO: 25TestKing.com has employed you as a desktop support technician at TestKing.com.The TestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. You receive a call from a user who wants to determine which coppercabling he should use if the data rate speed is not an issue. However, the segmentlength has to be 1640 feet (500 meters) long.

What should you do?

A. You should inform the user to make use of a RG-58ThinNet copper cable.B. You should inform the user to make use of a CAT6 copper cable.C. You should inform the user to make use of a CAT5e copper cable.D. You should inform the user to make use of a RG-8ThickNet copper cable.

Answer: D

QUESTION NO: 26


- 267 -

TestKing.com has employed you as a desktop support technician at TestKing.com.The TestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. You receive a call from a user who inquires about the connection typethat has the highest latency.

What should you do?

A. You should inform the user that a Cable will have the highest latency.B. You should inform the user that a Fiber cable will have the highest latency.C. You should inform the user that a Satellite will have the highest latency.D. You should inform the user that a DSL will have the highest latency.

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 27You work as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com network consists of asingle Active Directory domain named testking.com. You receive an instructionfrom the CIO to plug a connector into a 56K dial-up modem.

What should you do?

A. You should consider use a ST.B. You should consider use a RJ-11 connector.C. You should consider use a BNC connector.D. You should consider use a RJ-45 connector.

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 28You are the newly appointed a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.comnetwork consists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. Youreceive an instruction from management to identify the types of cable that will beleast affected by electromagnetic interference (EMI).



- 268 -

A. You should inform management that a UTP cable would be least affected by EMI.B. You should inform management that a Plenum cable would be least affected by EMI.C. You should inform management that a Fiber cable would be least affected by EMI.D. You should inform management that a Coaxial cable would be least affected by EMI.

Answer: C

Section 3: Compare and contrast the different network types (24Questions)

QUESTION NO: 1To which of the following classes does IP address 181.224.16.1 belongs to?

A. Class AB. Class BC. Class CD. This is not a valid IP address

Answer: BExplanation:IP address 181.224.16.1 belongs to Class B because the Class B network has networkaddresses between 128 and 191 in the first octet and 181 lies between 128 and 191. ClassA has addresses between 1 and 126 in the first octet and class C between 192 and 223.

QUESTION NO: 2You want to use the wireless IEEE standards for your laptop that can operate in the2.4GHz radio frequency range and are directly compatible with each other. Whichof the following wireless standards would you choose? (Select all that apply.)

A. 802.11aB. 802.11bC. 802.11dD. 802.11g


- 269 -

Answer: B, DExplanation:The wireless IEEE standards for your laptop that can operate in the 2.4GHz radiofrequency range and are directly compatible with each other are 802.11b and 802.11g.802.11a operates in the 5GHz range and 802.11d is not a commonly implementedstandard.

QUESTION NO: 3Which of the following statements define SSID?

A. SSID is a secure communication channel between a web server and browserB. SSID is a secure communication channel between a server and remote hostC. SSID is a unique identifier that acts as password to help secure a wireless connectionD. SSID is a type of password used to secure an Ethernet 802.3 connection

Answer: CExplanation:SSID or service set identifier is a 32-character unique identifier that acts as password andis attached to the header of packets that is sent over a wireless local area network(WLAN). All wireless devices on a WLAN must employ the same SSID in order tocommunicate with each other. It is actually the network name. All wireless devices on aWLAN must employ the same SSID in order to communicate with each other.

QUESTION NO: 4Which of the following wireless communication standards can be referred to as apersonal, short distance area wireless network for interconnecting devices that arecentered round an individual person's workspace?

A. BluetoothB. InfraredC. CellularD. EthernetE. None of the other alternatives apply



- 270 -

Bluetooth networks are often called wireless personal area networks (WPANs). They arepersonal, short distance area wireless network for interconnecting devices that arecentered round an individual person's workspace.

QUESTION NO: 5Which of the following options are the standards for cellular communicationsnetwork? (Select all that apply)

A. GSMB. SIGC. CDMAD. CCFL

Answer: A, CExplanation:The Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM) and Code Division MultipleAccess (CDMA) are cellular communication standards.

QUESTION NO: 6Which of the following types of network show all computers on the local networkeven though they are physically located somewhere else?

A. VPNB. WANC. LAND. MANE. Domain

Answer: AExplanation:A Virtual Private Network (VPN) shows all computers on the local network even if theyare physically located at a remote location.

QUESTION NO: 7


- 271 -

Which of the following 802.11i network standard that you would use to ensure themost secure wireless encryption?

A. WEPB. WPAC. WPA2D. SAFER+

Answer: CExplanation:WPA2 is the more secure 802.11i network standard that ensures the most secure wirelessencryption. WEP was the original encryption standard developed for WiFi networks, butthat could be easily hacked. WPA was an upgrade, but WPA2 was the most securestandard. SAFER+ is used to encrypt Bluetooth communications.

QUESTION NO: 8Which of the following technologies can be used with the different kinds ofcomputer peripheral devices such as keyboards, mice, and wireless headsets?

A. BluetoothB. EthernetC. CellularD. Infrared

Answer: AExplanation:You can use can Bluetooth with the different kinds of computer peripheral devices suchas keyboards, mice, and wireless headsets. It can be used to make a Wireless PersonalArea Network (WPAN).

QUESTION NO: 9You are using an infrared device for communication on your small network. Whichof the following encryption method can you use to secure transmissions on thenetwork?


- 272 -

A. SAFER+B. Shared-key encryptionC. Public-key encryptionD. Digital SignaturesE. None of the other alternatives apply

Answer: EExplanation:On your small network that uses Infrared devices, you cannot use any encryption methodbecause infrared devices do not encrypt data transmissions. This is because they arelimited to about one meter and require the devices to be pointed directly at the otherdevices intended to receive the messages.

QUESTION NO: 10You want to implement broadband Internet access on your computer. Which of thefollowing types of services can you use? (Select all that apply.)

A. Dial-upB. DSLC. CableD. Fiber-opticE. Satellite Service

Answer: B, C, D, EExplanation:To implement broadband Internet access on your computer, you can use DSL, cable,fiber-optic, and satellite services.Dial-up does not provide broadband access.

QUESTION NO: 11The IP address 222.18.171.1 belongs to _____________.

A. Class AB. Class BC. Class CD. Class D


- 273 -

E. This is not a valid IP address.

Answer: CExplanation:The IP address 222.18.171.1 belongs to Class C because the first octet of Class C liesbetween 192 and 223.Class A addresses have a first octet between 1 and 126, Class B between 128 and191, and

QUESTION NO: 12Which of the following wireless communication methods of networking would youuse if you want to achieve a high-bandwidth wireless network communications?

A. BluetoothB. EthernetC. CellularD. InfraredE. None of the other alternatives apply

Answer: BExplanation:Ethernet is the wireless communication methods of networking that you can use if youwant to achieve a high-bandwidth wireless network communications.

QUESTION NO: 13The main function of SAFER+ is:

A. to protect a computer from attacksB. to encrypt the Bluetooth communicationsC. to protect the system BIOS by setting a passwordD. to produce an audit log of failed system services

Answer: BExplanation:The main function of SAFER+ (Secure and Fast Encryption Routine) is to encrypt theBluetooth communications.


- 274 -

QUESTION NO: 14With dial-up Internet access, you can get the maximum speed of __________.

A. 28.8KbpsB. 56KbpsC. 128KbpsD. 1MbpsE. 1Gbps

Answer: BExplanation:With dial-up Internet access, you can get the maximum speed of 56Kbps.

QUESTION NO: 15TestKing.com has employed you as a technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. During the course of the day you receive an instruction frommanagement to identify the wireless technologies has a maximum range of 30 feet (9meters).

What should you do?

A. You should inform management that 802.11a has a maximum range of 30 feet (9meters).

B. You should inform management that Infrared has a maximum range of 30 feet (9meters).

C. You should inform management that Bluetooth 2.0 has a maximum range of 30 feet (9meters).

D. You should inform management that 802.11b has a maximum range of 30 feet (9meters).

Answer: C


- 275 -

QUESTION NO: 16You are employed as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com networkconsists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. You receive aninstruction from the CIO to identify the Class C addresses.

What should you do?

A. You should identify 192.168.1.1 as a Class C address.B. You should identify 125.32.3.132 as a Class C address.C. You should identify 65.102.1.120 as a Class C address.D. You should identify 134.28.1.120 as a Class C address.

Answer: A

QUESTION NO: 17You are the newly appointed junior technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.comnetwork consists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. Yoursuperior is currently explaining to a group of junior technicians what access pointsare. Your superior asks you to identify a wireless network whilst viewing theavailable access points.

What should you do?

A. You should inform him that the default gateway is a wireless network.B. You should inform him that the Hostname is a wireless network.C. You should inform him that the ISP is a wireless network.D. You should inform him that the SSID is a wireless network.

Answer: D

QUESTION NO: 18You work as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com network consists of asingle Active Directory domain named testking.com. You receive an instructionfrom management to ensure that a secure connection is established between twopoints


- 276 -

What should you do?

A. Your best option would be to make use of HTTP.B. Your best option would be to make use of WAN.C. Your best option would be to make use of VPN.D. Your best option would be to make use of FTP.

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 19You work as a desktop support technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.comnetwork consists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. ATestKing.com user named Amy Walsh wants to know which address is a Class Aaddress.

What should you do?

A. You should inform her that 129.207.21.65 is a Class A address.B. You should inform her that 190.120.87.165 is a Class A address.C. You should inform her that 198.45.32.109 is a Class A address.D. You should inform her that 107.167.34.120 is a Class A address.

Answer: D

QUESTION NO: 20You are employed as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com networkconsists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. You are assignedthe task of identifying the objects that may cause wireless network interference inyour department.


A. The AM/FM radio is a source of wireless network interference.B. The cordless telephone is a source of wireless network interference.C. The large screen television is a source of wireless network interference.D. The Bluetooth headset is a source of wireless network interference.


- 277 -

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 21You are employed as the desktop support technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. During the course of the day you receive a call from a user inquiringabout the correct class he should use for the 192.168.30.3 IP address.

A. You should inform him to make use of a Class B address.B. You should inform him to make use of a Class A address.C. You should inform him to make use of a Class D address.D. You should inform him to make use of a Class C address.

Answer: D

QUESTION NO: 22You are employed as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com networkconsists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. During the courseof the day you receive a list of IP addresses from management with the instructionto identify the Class A addresses.

What should you do?

A. You should identify the 172.16.10.10 IP address.B. You should identify the 10.10.0.11 IP address.C. You should identify the 224.224.0.1 IP address.D. You should identify the 192.168.100.1 IP address.

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 23


- 278 -

TestKing.com has employed you as a technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. There are both desktop and laptop workstations in operation atTestKing.com. You are in the process of informing the new interns what a virtualprivate network is.

What should you do?

A. It is a testing protocol used to verify the strength of a security infrastructure by usingmock intrusion attacks.

B. It is a networking protocol that is used for the propagation of virus data in order tomake sure that the anti-virus is current.

C. It is a secured line of communication between two points via a public network.D. It is a private network between two computers using wireless cards without a wireless

access point between them.

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 24You are employed as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com networkconsists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. You are in theprocess of informing a client the connection type that is expensive to implement in asmall office home office (SOHO) environment.

What should you inform the client?

A. You should advise the client not to implement a Satellite connection.B. You should advise the client not to implement a Broadband connection.C. You should advise the client not to implement a Fiber connection.D. You should advise the client not to implement a DSL connection.

Answer: C

Topic 5: Security (63 Questions)


- 279 -

Section 1: Explain the basic principles of security concepts andtechnologies (36 Questions)

QUESTION NO: 1Which of the following identity technology uses a retinal pattern or fingerprint toauthenticate a person?

A. BiometricsB. SurveillanceC. Smart cardD. CHAP authenticatorE. I-Card

Answer: AExplanation:Biometrics is an identity technology that uses physical characteristics of a person toestablish identity and authenticate a person.

QUESTION NO: 2Which of the following kinds of attack take advantage of human shortcomings sothat they can be manipulated to perform actions or divulge confidential informationto hackers?

A. Social engineeringB. IDS systemC. Perimeter securityD. BiometricsE. Denial of Service

Answer: AExplanation:Social engineering is a kind of attack that takes advantage of human shortcomings so thatthey can be manipulated to perform actions or divulge confidential information tohackers. Social engineering is based on specific attributes of human decision-making thatare exploited in various combinations to create attack techniques.


- 280 -

QUESTION NO: 3Which of the following Access control models impose read only access restriction ona subject on information available in security levels higher than its currentclearance level and also prevents a subject from writing information to levels lowerthan its current level?

A. Bell-La Padula modelB. Biba Integrity modelC. Clark-Wilson Integrity modelD. Noninterference modelE. Graham Denning Model

Answer: AExplanation:The Bell-La Padula model is based on control of information flow. In this model, theentities in an information system are divided into subjects and objects so that theconfidentiality of information can be protected. This is done by preventing users fromreading above their security level and preventing them from writing below their securitylevel.

QUESTION NO: 4To prevent unauthorized access to a laptop, which of the following biometric readerhas been used in laptop these days?

A. Voice recognitionB. Retinal scannerC. Fingerprint scannerD. Face recognition

Answer: CExplanation:The Fingerprint scanner has been used in laptop these days to prevent unauthorizedaccess to laptops.


- 281 -

QUESTION NO: 5Which of the following network authentication protocol uses KDC forauthentication?

A. CHAPB. KerberosC. C.MS-CHAPD. BiometricsE. Smart cards

Answer: BExplanation:Kerberos is the network authentication protocol that uses a key distribution center (KDC)to authenticate users, programs, and systems. The credentials provided by KDC can beused by all Kerberos-enabled servers and applications.

QUESTION NO: 6Which of the following authentication protocols authenticate a user by using athree-way handshake?

A. KerberosB. PAPC. DACD. CHAP

Answer: DExplanation:Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol (CHAP) authenticates a user by using athree-way handshake algorithm. First the server sends a challenge to the originatingclient. Then the challenge is sent back to the server by the client with the other half of thechallenge handshake, and finally the server performs the same hashing function tocompare the encryption results. If the challenge is successful, the client is authenticated.

QUESTION NO: 7


- 282 -

You want to implement strong authentication for users in your organization becauseyour organization deals with sensitive information of people that can be easilymisused. Which of the following authentication processes allows you to implementmore than one authentication process for a logon?

A. MultifactorB. BiometricsC. Smart cardD. KerberosE. I-Card

Answer: AExplanation:The multifactor-authentication is a strong authentication process that uses two or moreprocesses to authenticate a user. A two-factor method might use ATM Card and PIN toauthenticate a user on an ATM machine.

QUESTION NO: 8To increase secure communication in the Internet Environment that you havecreated for your users, you want to avoid the services/protocols that can createpotential security problem in an Internet environment. Which of the followingservices/protocols should you not use?

A. E-mailB. TelnetC. WWWD. ICMPE. FTP

Answer: BExplanation:You should not use Telnet because it sends user credentials to the Telnet server in plaintext that can create potential security problem in an Internet environment.

QUESTION NO: 9


- 283 -

Which of the following services most often use Biometrics such as retinal scan andfingerprinting?

A. AuditingB. AuthenticationC. Access controlD. Data confidentiality

Answer: BExplanation:The Authentication service most often uses Biometrics such as retinal scan andfingerprinting to authenticate a person. The retinal scan is a very secure form ofauthentication which is used in high-security companies and government agencies.

QUESTION NO: 10You have been noticing that the employees of the company come late to the officeand often put proxy attendance by asking another person to sign in their place. Tostop all this you wanted to use an authentication technology that uses fingerprintscans or retinal scans to authenticate a person. Which of the following technologieswould you use for authentication?

A. Smart cardB. BiometricsC. Mutual authenticationD. Tokens

Answer: BExplanation:You should use Biometric technology that uses fingerprint scans or retinal scans toauthenticate a person because it relies on a physical characteristic of the user to verifyhis/her identity.

QUESTION NO: 11


- 284 -

You want to ensure that the authentication for the users who visit your website issession based and the users' credentials should be valid only for that session. Whichof the following authentication methods would you use to meet your objective?

A. TokensB. CertificateC. Smart cardD. KerberosE. Mini card

Answer: AExplanation:In Tokens authentication the users' credentials are valid only for the current session. Thetoken is created after a user is authenticated successfully. The token remains valid till thesession is on and is destroyed as soon as the session is over.

QUESTION NO: 12You are a network administrator of TestKing Inc. A help desk employee of yourcompany informed you that last night they received an urgent call from the CEO ofthe company that he has lost his login ID and Password and want their help to getthem back. You understood it was a hacking attack. What type of attack is this?

A. SpoofingB. Replay attackC. Social engineeringD. Trojan horseE. Denial of Service

Answer: CExplanation:This type of attack is called Social engineering. In this kind of attack the attacker takesadvantage of human shortcomings so that they can be manipulated to perform actions ordivulge confidential information to hackers. Social engineering is based on specificattributes of human decision-making that are exploited in various combinations to createattack techniques.


- 285 -

QUESTION NO: 13If you implement an eye scan authentication to allow network users to access thenetwork workstations. Which type of security technology are you using?

A. BiometricsB. SurveillanceC. Smart cardD. CHAP authenticatorE. I-Card

Answer: AExplanation:If you implement eye scan authentication to allow network users to access the networkworkstations, you are using Biometrics technology. This technology uses personalcharacteristics to establish user identity.

QUESTION NO: 14A worm can be described as ________________?

A. A self-contained program that can reproduce itself to harm the target computer.B. A program that can guise as another program to enter a system or network.C. A program that require a host application to run.D. A virus application that attacks all system .EXE files.

Answer: AExplanation:A worm can be described as a self-contained program that can reproduce itself to harmthe target computer. A worm is different from a virus because it can reproduce itself, isself-contained, and it doesn't need a host application to be transported.

QUESTION NO: 15Some of the users on your internal network reported that they were tricked todivulge the passwords of their computer. Which type of attack is this?

A. Social engineeringB. IDS system


- 286 -

C. Perimeter securityD. BiometricsE. Virus

Answer: AExplanation:This is called the Social engineering attack where the attackers use the inherent trust inthe human species to gain access to their work environment.

QUESTION NO: 16Retinal and fingerprint scans are a form of ____________?

A. AuditingB. AuthenticationC. Access controlD. Biometric profiling

Answer: BExplanation:Retinal and fingerprint scans are a form of Authentication. This is because authenticationrequests the user to provide a proof of their identity and retinal and fingerprint scans arevery secure form of proof of identity.

QUESTION NO: 17A network user complained that a person sitting next to him saw him type hispassword and now he feels that his password has been stolen. What type of attack isthis?

A. DoSB. PeekingC. Social engineeringD. SmurfE. DDoS


- 287 -

Answer: CExplanation:This type of attack is called Social engineering. In this attack an intruder attempts tofamiliarize with the victim to steal passwords or other information and send them overthe internet to other attackers for misuse. It is an attack that attempts to takes advantageof human behavior.

QUESTION NO: 18Authentication systems or methods are based on which of the following factors?(Choose all that apply.)

A. Something you know, such as a password or PINB. Something you have, such as a smart card or an identification deviceC. Something physically unique to you, such as your fingerprints or retinal patternD. Something you configure with a security protocol

Answer: A, B, CExplanation:Authentication proves that a user or system is actually who they say they are. This is oneof the most critical parts of a security system. It is part a of a process that is also referredto as Identification and Authentication (I&A).

QUESTION NO: 19________________authentication method uses a Key Distribution Center?

A. KerberosB. CHAPC. CHAPv2D. Kerberos/SSLE. NTLM

Answer: AExplanation:Kerberos authentication uses a Key Distribution Center (KDC). The KDC authenticates auser/program/system and issues a ticket that is then used to authenticate other users orprograms.


- 288 -

QUESTION NO: 20What would be the function of the thumbprint scanner that has been configured tocontrol the access provided by the company's server?

A. AuthorizationB. AuthenticationC. EncryptionD. IP verificationE. All of the other alternatives apply

Answer: BExplanation:The function of the thumbprint scanner that has been configured to control the accessprovided by the company's server is authentication. This is because a thumbprint scanneris a biometrics that is used to verify the identity of a user. The biometric devices allowaccess to a system, resource, or a network after verifying the identity of a user.

QUESTION NO: 21The multifactor authentication method can be best describes as an authenticationmethod that ___________.

A. combines passwords and PIN numbers for authentication.B. combines fingerprints and retinal scans for authentication.C. combines two types of authentication strategies.D. requires an authentication token from the server before the data from the client can be

transmitted.

Answer: CExplanation:The multifactor authentication method can be best describes as an authentication methodthat combines two types of authentication strategies. There can be three categories ofauthentication:1 Something that user knows. Such as passwords and PIN numbers2. Something that user has. Such as tokens, smart cards and USB key devices3. Something that user is. Such as fingerprints, retinal scans, and voice recognition.


- 289 -

Multifactor authentication combines any of the two above give categories ofauthentication to authenticate a user.

QUESTION NO: 22___________is a wireless security protocol

A. WAPPB. WEPC. WEPPD. WTLPE. WPP

Answer: BExplanation:Wired Equivalent Privacy (WEP) is a wireless security protocol. It encrypts the wirelesscommunication done between wireless clients and wireless access points.

QUESTION NO: 23You work as a senior technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com networkconsists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. You are in theprocess of explaining to the new interns in your department what a Trojan horse is.

What should you do?

A. You should inform them that a Trojan horse is malicious software that monitors theInternet surfing habits.

B. You should inform them that a Trojan horse is malicious software that is attached toanother piece of software.

C. You should inform them that a Trojan horse is malicious software that can be attachedincoming email.

D. You should inform them that a Trojan horse is malicious software that isself-replicating.

Answer: B


- 290 -

QUESTION NO: 24TestKing.com has employed you as a desktop support technician at TestKing.com.The TestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. During the course of the day you receive notification to identify theforms of biometric authentication.


A. You should consider a secure ID Token.B. You should consider optical recognition.C. You should consider a smart card.D. You should consider voice recognition.E. You should consider a barcode scanner.F. You should consider a fingerprint reader.

Answer: B, D, F

QUESTION NO: 25You are the newly appointed desktop support technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. You receive an instruction from management to determine the toolsthat will aid you in preventing viruses as well as malware.


A. You should consider using Windows Defender.B. You should consider using Windows Event Viewer.C. You should consider using Data Execution Prevention.D. You should consider using CHKDSK.E. You should consider using FilterKeys.

Answer: A, C


- 291 -

QUESTION NO: 26You are employed a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com networkconsists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. You are in theprocess of informing the new interns what computer intrusion detection entails.


A. It can best be described as an alert that occur at logon when an unknown user tries tologon.

B. It can best be described as a set of firewalls as well as anti-virus programs designed tosafeguard the computer.

C. It can best be described as an alert that occur when the computer casing has beenopened.

D. It can best be described as an action sensitive web cam recording in the room.

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 27You work as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com network consists of asingle Active Directory domain named testking.com. You receive an instruction toensure that the network is able to broadcast on a wireless network.

What should you do?Which of the following is assigned to broadcast on a wireless network?

A. Your best option would be to assign MAC filtering.B. Your best option would be to assign a WEP key.C. Your best option would be to assign a WPA key.D. Your best option would be to assign SSID.

Answer: D

QUESTION NO: 28


- 292 -

You work as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com network consists of asingle Active Directory domain named testking.com. You are in the process ofexplaining to the new interns in your department the features of a secure password.


A. A secure password contains AES encryption.B. A secure password contains numbers and letters.C. A secure password is kept in a text file.D. A secure password contains special characters.E. A secure password contains an incomprehensible word in a dictionary.

Answer: B, D

QUESTION NO: 29TestKing.com has employed you as a technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. There are both desktop and laptop workstations in operation atTestKing.com. You receive an instruction from management to make sure that thedata of every user is secure on a shared Windows XP Professional system.


A. This can be accomplished by adding multiple users in the Control Panel User Accountapplet.

B. This can be accomplished by using the File Encryption settings in the AdvancedSettings of Properties for every user's data folder.

C. This can be accomplished by using the Security Center Control Panel Applet in orderto protect the resources on the shared system.

D. This can be accomplished by using NTFS security in order to protect the data files.

Answer: A, D

QUESTION NO: 30


- 293 -

You are employed as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com networkconsists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. TestKing.comcurrently makes use of digital signatures. You are in the process of explaining tonew interns the purpose of digital signatures.


A. A digital signature is an e-mail application ID that adds the signature block to alle-mail messages.

B. A digital signature is a cryptographic mechanism that is able to recognize the senderand the message integrity.

C. A digital signature is a foolproof method that is able to bind a signature to a message.D. A digital signature is used to ensure that the receiver have the private key of the

sender in order to access the e-mail.

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 31You are employed as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com networkconsists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. There are bothdesktop and laptop workstations in operation at TestKing.com. You are in theprocess of describing to users in the sales department what a worm is.

What should you tell them?

A. A worm can be identified as malicious software that monitors Internet surfing habits.B. A worm can be identified as malicious software that is attached to another piece of

software.C. A worm can be identified as malicious software that is able to self-replicate as well as

to self- propagate.D. A worm can be identified as malicious software that makes changes to the users home

page.

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 32


- 294 -

TestKing.com has employed you as a technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. There are both desktop and laptop workstations in operation atTestKing.com. During the course of the day you receive an e-mail message statingthat the online auction was compromised. It also states that you need to login andchange your old username, password together with all your account details.

What should you do?

A. You should ignore it as it is a Phishing attack.B. You should ignore it as it is a Botnet attack.C. You should ignore it as it is a Spyware attack.D. You should ignore it as it is a Trojan attack.

Answer: A

QUESTION NO: 33You are employed as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com networkconsists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. There are bothdesktop and laptop workstations in operation at TestKing.com. You receive aninstruction from management to control the access to the network based on theirhardware.

What should you do?

A. Your best option would be to use WEP encryption.B. Your best option would be to use WPA encryption.C. Your best option would be to use MAC filtering.D. Your best option would be to use NAT routing.

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 34


- 295 -

You are employed as a senior technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.comnetwork consists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. Youreceive an instruction from management identify the methods that are commonlyused for Biometric authentication.


A. The Fingerprint reader is used for Biometric authentication.B. The Logical token is used for Biometric authentication.C. The Retinal scan is used for Biometric authentication.D. The RFID smartcards is used for Biometric authentication.E. The Encrypted passwords are used for Biometric authentication.

Answer: A, C

QUESTION NO: 35TestKing.com has employed you as a technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. There are both desktop and laptop workstations in operation atTestKing.com. You are in the process of explaining to the new interns the functionsof a firewall.


A. Firewalls are used to dynamically assign IP addresses for every client configuration.B. Firewalls are used to protect network Internet traffic via a shared key encryption.C. Firewalls are used to provide security for a network by means of ACLs.D. Firewalls are used to determine queries for the resolution of host names to IP

addresses.

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 36


- 296 -

You are employed as the desktop support technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. There are both desktop and laptop workstations in operation atTestKing.com. You receive an inquiry from a user who wants to know in whichoperating system he is able to find the UAC security feature.


A. The UAC security feature can be found in Windows 2000 Professional.B. The UAC security feature can be found in Windows Vista Business.C. The UAC security feature can be found in Windows Server 2003.D. The UAC security feature can be found in Windows XP Professional.

Answer: B

Section 2: Summarize security features (27 Questions)

QUESTION NO: 1On a FAT 32 partition in Windows XP, which of the following file attributes canyou set on files? (Select all that apply.)

A. Hidden,B. Read OnlyC. ArchiveD. SystemE. CompressionF. EncryptionG. Indexing

Answer: A, B, C, DExplanation:On a FAT 32 partition in Windows XP you can set Hidden, Read Only, Archive, andSystem attributes on the files. The attributes such as Encryption and Compression are notsupported by FAT 32. They are supported by NTFS files system.

QUESTION NO: 2


- 297 -

Which of the following statements is true about Standard permissions?

A. The Standard permissions are same as special permissionsB. The Standard permissions are Read, Write, and Execute permissionsC. The Standard permissions can only be assigned to users but not to groupsD. The Standard permissions can be grouped together for easy assignment

Answer: DExplanation:The Standard permissions can be grouped together for easy assignment. They are thepermissions that control a broad range of detailed permissions. The standard permissionsare Modify, Read & Execute, Read, and Write.

QUESTION NO: 3What should be the frequency of the antivirus definitions update on your computerin general?

A. Once a weekB. Once a monthC. Once a yearD. BimonthlyE. Antivirus definitions do not need to be updated.

Answer: AExplanation:It's critical to keep your antivirus software up to date, so you should update your antivirusdefinitions at least once per week.

QUESTION NO: 4You have recently installed windows Vista on your computer system. Which of thefollowing options should you choose to keep your system safe from virus and otherpotential security problems? (Select all that apply)

A. Install a third party firewall.B. Create security policies in Windows.C. Keep your Operating System updated with latest patches and service packs.


- 298 -

D. Update your computer with latest antivirus definitions.E. Update your network devices.

Answer: B, C, D, EExplanation:Keeping your operating system, applications and devices updated with latest updates cankeep your computer safe. Creating security policies in Windows would also keep yourcomputer safe but it is not necessary to install a third party firewall on your systembecause Windows Vista already has a Firewall built into the system.

QUESTION NO: 5Which of the following physical security zones addresses the outer-level accesscontrol of a facility?

A. Perimeter securityB. MantrapsC. Security zonesD. Strong passwordsE. Internet Security

Answer: AExplanation:The Perimeter security is the physical security zone that addresses the outer-level accesscontrol of a facility. It is the first layer of access control that is intended to delay or deterentrance into a facility.

QUESTION NO: 6You use Windows Vista on your office computer. To ensure security of your data,you want to encrypt the entire volume that stores your client's data. Which of thefollowing tools would allow you to do that?

A. BitLockerB. SyslockC. Drive DefenderD. NLockE. EFS


- 299 -

Answer: AExplanation:The BitLocker tool in Windows Vista allows you to encrypt the entire volume.

QUESTION NO: 7Which of the following is a chip on PC's motherboard that is used for entire volumeencryption and is capable of storing cryptographic keys and passwords?

A. CHAPB. MACC. TPMD. BAPE. EFS

Answer: CExplanation:Windows Vista uses BitLocker Drive Encryption that uses TPM (Trusted PlatformModule) chip that can store cryptographic keys, passwords, or certificates. This featureensures that the disk is encrypted at startup and if the disk were stolen and removed to adifferent computer, the thief would need the recovery keys or TPM before they couldread the data.

QUESTION NO: 8The internal network users of the company have been repeatedly reporting thatthey see antivirus message on their system again and about the same virus. Which ofthe following do you think is the cause of the problem?

A. One of the network servers is acting as a carrier for a virus.B. A caterpillar virus has attacked the network.C. The antivirus software that internal network users are using is malfunctioning.D. A DoS attack is under way.

Answer: A


- 300 -

Explanation:Because internal network users of the company have been repeatedly reporting that theysee antivirus message on their system again and about the same virus, means that one ofthe network servers is acting as a carrier for a virus. Actually some viruses don't damagefiles on the server on which they are settled so that they may be able to spread into all theother systems in a network. These viruses use that system as the carrier of the virus.

QUESTION NO: 9When you leave your computer for sometime, you noticed that the hard disk of yoursystem is very active even though the computer is not connected to the Internet andno processes are running on the system. What do you think is the cause of the harddisk being so active?

A. The hard disk is about the fail.B. A virus is spreading in the system.C. Your system has been hacked.D. Remote connection your system has been established.

Answer: BExplanation:The reason why the hard disk of your system is very active even though the computer isnot connected to the Internet and no processes are running on the system is that a virus isspreading in the system. Some viruses show unusual activity on the system disk whilethey spread and infect files on the system.

QUESTION NO: 10As a network administrator when you checked all the logs as a routine check, youfound a large number of unsuccessful attempts to log on are reported by the e-mailsystem. You understood that the e-mail server of the company has been targeted.Which of the following types of attack is this?

A. Software exploitation attackB. Backdoor attackC. WormD. TCP/IP hijackingE. Virus attack


- 301 -

Answer: AExplanation:This is most likely the software exploitation attack. This attack is launched againstapplications and higher level services to gain access to data using weaknesses in softwareor a flaw in a service. They include types such as database exploitation, applicationexploitation, email exploitation, rootkits, and spyware.

QUESTION NO: 11You received an order from higher management to implement firewall within theorganization as soon as possible. You decided to implement a packet filtering in thefirewall. Which of the following is the function of a packet filter?

A. A packet filter filters all packets coming to the network and prevents unauthorizedpackets from entering the networkB. A packet filter allows all packets to leave the networkC. A packet filter allows all packets to enter the networkD. A packet filter checks all the packets to eliminate collisions in the network

Answer: AExplanation:A packet filter filters all packets coming to the network and prevents unauthorizedpackets from entering the network. The Packet filters filter specified traffic based on IPaddress, protocols, and many other attributes.

QUESTION NO: 12Which of the following storage media is prone to viruses?

A. TapeB. Memory stickC. CD-RD. All of the other alternatives apply



- 302 -

All of the other alternatives apply storage media devices are prone to viruses. All thesedevices can store viruses in them and pass them to uninfected systems. Even thoughCD-R is read only but if it contains virus then it can be copied on to your system

QUESTION NO: 13You want to implement file encryption on your Windows 2000 computer. Which ofthe following file systems can you use?

A. FAT16B. FAT32C. NTFSD. NTFS-E

Answer: CExplanation:To implement file encryption on your Windows 2000 computer, you can use only NTFSfile system because only NTFS support encryption.NTFS-E is an invalid file system name.

QUESTION NO: 14While installing Windows XP on your computer, you formatted your drive withNTFS file system. Which of the following are features can you use? (Select all thatapply.)

A. File compressionB. File encryptionC. File permissionsD. Folder permissionsE. All of the other alternatives applyF. None of the other alternatives apply

Answer: EExplanation:On your Windows XP computer, you can now use all the above given features becauseall these features are supported by NTFS. However, none of these options are supportedby the FAT or FAT32 file systems.


- 303 -

QUESTION NO: 15On your Windows XP computer, you want to install an unsigned device driver.Which of the following level of access do you need to be able to install the driver?

A. AdministratorB. B. Super UserC. UserD. Guest

Answer: AExplanation:If the driver is not digitally signed, then you need administrative access to be able toinstall the driver. The Super User does not exist in Windows XP.

QUESTION NO: 16You want to gain access to the BIOS configuration of your computer but anunknown password prompt is preventing the access. What should you do?

A. Clear the CMOS memory by repositioning the jumper on the motherboardB. B. Clear the CMOS memory by holding down a BIOS-specific key while booting the

computerC. Keep the computer unplugged for at least two minutesD. Clear the password from the boot menu by pressing F8 in the early boot sequence.

Answer: AExplanation:The BIOS can be protected by a password. However, if you forget the password, youneed to clear CMOS or reset the CMOS jumper on the motherboard to reset the CMOSmemory to its default state. This process removes any BIOS supervisor and userpasswords that might be set.

QUESTION NO: 17


- 304 -

On the new computer that you have just purchase you want to install Windows XPon the 100GB hard drive that your computer has. Which of the following filesystems can you choose? (Select all that apply.)

A. NTVSB. B. FAT32C. FAT48D. NTFSE. FAT 16

Answer: B, DExplanation:You can choose both FAT 32 and NTFS file system to install Windows XP because itsupports both.

QUESTION NO: 18You are the newly appointed technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.comnetwork consists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. You arein the process of informing the new interns about the advantages of using apassword generator.

What should you do?

A. It will extend the need to change passwords every quarter.B. It will stop users from creating passwords that is a security risk.C. It will stop the need to establish log-in attempt restrictions.D. It will create new passwords as soon as a user log on in order to prevent social

engineering.

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 19You work as a senior technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com networkconsists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. A TestKing.comintern named Amy Walsh is employed in the IT department and wants to knowwhat the BitLocker utility is used for.


- 305 -


A. BitLocker is used to block all harmful network traffic.B. BitLocker is used to secure wireless access points.C. BitLocker is used to encrypt hard drives.D. BitLocker is used to store passwords.

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 19You are the newly appointed technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.comnetwork consists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. You areassigned a workstation and company policy states that only the most securepasswords be used.

What should you do?

A. Your best option would be to make use of rw2%HN as your password.B. Your best option would be to make use of SR1234ct as your password.C. Your best option would be to make use of ct23&P#h~ as your password.D. Your best option would be to make use of CompTIA558475 as your password.

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 20TestKing.com has employed you as a desktop support technician at TestKing.com.The TestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. You receive a query from a user who wants to know what the SSLtechnology is used for.

What should you do?

A. Inform the user that it is used to encrypt the contents of a hard disk.B. Inform the user that it is used to prevent unauthorized login attempts.C. Inform the user that it is used to provide remote assistance to users.


- 306 -

D. Inform the user that it is used to secure communications with websites.

Answer: D

QUESTION NO: 21You are employed as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com networkconsists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. The interns inyour department want to know what will be created when you MAC filtering are setup.

What should you do?

A. This will result in WPA being created.B. This will result in ACL being created.C. This will result in SSID being created.D. This will result in WEP being created.

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 22TestKing.com has employed you as a desktop support technician at TestKing.com.The TestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. You are in the process of setting up a WAP and need to disable allservices that is broadcasted by default.

What should you do?

A. You should disable WPA.B. You should disable WEP.C. You should disable SSID.D. You should disable RADIUS.

Answer: C


- 307 -

QUESTION NO: 23TestKing.com has employed you as a technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. You are informing the new interns the benefits of disabling SSID frombroadcasting on a Wireless Access Point.


A. You will be able to encrypt data traveling across the wireless network.B. You will be able to keep track of users physically logging in to the wired network.C. You will be able to stop users from seeing the wireless network.D. You will be able to make sure that only certain devices are allowed access the

network.

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 24You are the newly appointed desktop support technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. You receive a call from a user who wants to extract files; however, shewants to stay clear of extracting the files from the Internet.


A. This can be achieved using browser Plug-Ins.B. This can be achieved using temporary Internet Files.C. This can be achieved using downloaded Program Files.D. This can be achieved using Windows Temporary Files.

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 25


- 308 -

You work as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com network consists of asingle Active Directory domain named testking.com. You are in the process ofprocessing highly confidential documents when you discover documents in a filingcabinet that is not marked. The security policy of TestKing.com states that the alldocument have to be labeled even if it's not confidential. You thus need to determinethe security elements that govern information confidentiality.


A. Information confidentiality is governed by Unclassified.B. Information confidentiality is governed by Exceptions.C. Information confidentiality is governed by Classification.D. Information confidentiality is governed by Cultural Sensitivity.

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 26TestKing.com has employed you as a system administrator at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. A TestKing.com user named Kara Lang receives the subsequentmessage:The security log on this system is full.

You thus decide to log on and resolve this issue.

What should you do?

A. Your best option would be to use SECEDIT.EXE to fix the problem.B. Your best option would be to use Event Viewer to fix the problem.C. Your best option would be to use. SECPOL.MSC to fix the problem.D. Your best option would be to use Windows Security Center to fix the problem.

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 27


- 309 -

You are the newly appointed technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.comnetwork consists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. There areboth desktop and laptop workstations in operation at TestKing.com. During thecourse of the day you receive an instruction from the CIO to control the access tothe companies' wireless network. TestKing.com wants the access to the wirelessnetwork based on a user supplied key.

What should you do?

A. Your best option would be to make use of WEP.B. Your best option would be to make use of SSID.C. Your best option would be to make use of MAC.D. Your best option would be to make use of NAT.

Answer: A

Topic 6: Operational Procedure (61 Questions)

Section 1: Outline the purpose of appropriate safety andenvironmental procedures and given a scenario apply them (22Questions)

QUESTION NO: 1You have the power outage problem in your area. Whenever, power outage happen,your computer shuts down abruptly and then creates problems. You want to use adevice that can keep your computer running for some time in case of a powerfailure. Which of the following device can you use to meet your objective?

A. Uninterruptable power supply (UPS)B. Solar panelsC. Surge protectorD. Power strip


- 310 -

Answer: AExplanation:You can use a UPS to keep your computer running for some time in case of a powerfailure. It contains batteries that can keep your system running for a short period of timewhen power failure occurs.

QUESTION NO: 2You want to know about the emergency cleanup procedures for HalogenatedSolvents. Which of the following options contain such information?

A. OSHAB. MSDSC. Product labelD. CRTE. API

Answer: BExplanation:The Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) are the documents that are mostly available onInternet and they contain information about chemical properties of the substance and theinformation on emergency procedures as to what to do if an accident occurs.

QUESTION NO: 3The inkjet printer cartridge that you have purchased several days back is givingyou some problem. To resolve the problem, you want to go through the MSDS of theprinter cartridge. From which of the following places can you obtain it?

A. In the store from where you have purchased your inkjet printer cartridge.B. In the packaging of the printer cartridge.C. You cannot legally obtain the MSDS of the printer cartridge.D. At the website of the manufacturer of the printer cartridge.



- 311 -

To obtain the MSDS of the printer cartridge, you need to visit the website of themanufacturer of the printer cartridge. It is not a mandatory document that a companymust provide with the product. However, on demand it can be obtained from themanufacturer's website.

QUESTION NO: 4In order to provide a safe work environment, you want accident reporting to bedone on your company's website. Which of the following incidents should bereported?(Select all that apply.)

A. An accidentB. A near-accidentC. Dirty workplaceD. Water puddles on the office floorE. Violence at workplace

Answer: A, B, D, EExplanation:Accidents, near-accidents, and Violence at workplace should always be reported. Theafter puddles on the office floor may also cause accidents as people can slip and fall onthem. However, dirty workplace is not a safety issue and therefore nod not be reported.

QUESTION NO: 5The humans need an electrostatic discharge of ________________ to feel a shock.

A. 300 voltsB. 3,000 voltsC. 30,000 voltsD. 300,000 volts

Answer: BExplanation:The humans need an electrostatic discharge of 3,000 volts to feel a shock. The chargebelow 3,000 volts is below human sensation.


- 312 -

QUESTION NO: 6While working on the inner components of a computer, which of the followingoptions would you chose to keep yourself away from the ESD? (Select all thatapply.)

A. Antistatic wrist strapB. Antistatic bagC. Antistatic floor matD. Antistatic hair netE. Antistatic gloves

Answer: A, B, CExplanation:While working on the inner components of a computer such as motherboard and itscomponents, you should use Antistatic wrist straps (for safe grounding), Antistatic bags(to keep various parts), and floor mats to reduce the risk of ESD. There are nothing calledantistatic hair nets and antistatic gloves.

QUESTION NO: 7You want to implement OSHA regulations to ensure a safe work environment inyour office. Which of the following rules do you need to follow? (Select all thatapply.)

A. Attend all the seminars of OSHA.B. Ensure that your company uses properly maintained tools and equipment.C. Ensure that you have records of accident reports.D. Ensure that an OSHA poster is displayed at a prominent location.

Answer: B, C, DExplanation:To implement OSHA regulations to ensure a safe work environment in your office, youneed to maintain tools and equipment, keep records of accidents, and display a safetyinformation poster in your office. Attending OSHA seminars is however, not important.


- 313 -

QUESTION NO: 8The CRT monitor that you had discarded long time back has been broken downrecently. Which of the following options would you choose to dispose the brokenmonitor?

A. Take it to a computer recycling center.B. Discharge the monitor with a high-volt probeC. Throw it away.D. Give it to someone who can reuse it.

Answer: AExplanation:To dispose a Monitor, you should always take it to a computer recycling center because itcontains many harmful elements including lead. Throwing it away may causeenvironmental problems and the broken monitor cannot be reused.

QUESTION NO: 9You have shifted your work location to another floor of your office. You now needto shift all the computer peripherals to the other room. Which of the followingoptions should you keep in mind while moving computer equipment? (Select all thatapply.)

A. Lift equipments by bending over at the waist.B. Ensure that the glass face of the monitors is away from your body.C. Use a cart to move heavy objects.D. Ensure that the path is free of safety hazards.

Answer: C, DExplanation:While moving computer equipment from one place to another, make sure that you usecarts for heavy objects and the path that you are using for taking these object is free ofsafety hazards otherwise you may fall and hurt yourself.You should always lift equipments by bending knees and not the waist. Monitors shouldbe carried with the glass facing towards your body.


- 314 -

QUESTION NO: 10Which of the following methods would you choose to dispose the AA alkalinebatteries?

A. Throw them away.B. Charge them and then reuse them.C. Take them to a recycling center.D. Flush them in a sewer.E. Burn them

Answer: CExplanation:To dispose the AA alkaline batteries, you should take them to a recycling center becausethey should always be recycled. Throwing them and flushing them can contaminate theenvironment and burning them can explode them.

QUESTION NO: 11You deal with wood and paper in your office premises. Which class of fireextinguisher should you use?

A. Class AB. Class BC. Class CD. Class DE. Combination of Class ABC

Answer: A, EExplanation:For Wood and paper fires, you should class A fire extinguisher or a combination ClassABC extinguisher.

QUESTION NO: 12You want to purchase different types of screwdrivers for different needs. Which ofthe following are the different types of screwdrivers? (Select all that apply.)

A. Flathead


- 315 -

B. PhilipsC. TorxD. HelixE. Posidrive

Answer: A, B, CExplanation:The different types of are screwdrivers are flathead, Philips, Posidrive and Torx. Helix isnot a type of screwdriver. Instead it is Hex.

QUESTION NO: 13Which of the following elements should you consider to create good safety plans foryour workplace? (Select all that apply.)

A. Monthly inspections at workplaceB. A training program for workersC. Retribution for employees who do not abide by safety rulesD. A third-party auditing of safety programs at workplace

Answer: A, BExplanation:Good safety plans are created to ensure that the interests of the workers are protected andcost of company is reduced. Periodic workplace inspections and a training program forworkers are good safety plans.Retribution of employees or punishing employees who do not abide by safety rulesshould not be done. Third-party auditing of safety programs is not necessary. However,you can get them done if required.

QUESTION NO: 14The MSDS contains information on ___________.

A. Boiling pointB. Handling and storage instructionsC. Personal protection instructionsD. Firefighting measuresE. All of the other alternatives apply


- 316 -

Answer: EExplanation:MSDS (Material Safety Data Sheets) contain all kind of information such as the productinformation, accident procedures, and safety procedures.

QUESTION NO: 15As a responsible employee of a company, which of the following OSHArequirements should be followed by you? (Select all that apply.)

A. Report all accidents to OSHA without any delay.B. Use all protective gear and equipments.C. Attend all safety trainings held by OSHA.D. Follow all employer-implemented health and safety rules.

Answer: B, DExplanation:As a responsible employee of a company, you should use all protective gear andequipments and follow all employer-implemented health and safety rules so that a safework environment can be maintained.Accidents must be reported to the employer, not OSHA. There are no rules requiringsafety training.

QUESTION NO: 16Which of the following information should be documented when you change therefresh rate of your monitor?

A. The old and the new refresh rate.B. The method used to change the refresh rate.C. All the refresh rates that were tested.D. The color resolution requested by the user and the refresh rate applied.



- 317 -

The information that should be documented when you change the refresh rate of yourmonitor is the old and the new refresh rate. Both the monitor and adapter have differentrefresh rates but they must agree on the refresh rate you select. If either device does notsupport a particular refresh rate, such a rate cannot be used therefore the refresh rate thatwas supported earlier and the new refresh rate is good information to be documented.

QUESTION NO: 17Which of the following safety measures should you take to shift fifteen CRTs to theother side of the building and get new LCDs from there?

A. Make use of back brace at your back while lifting and carrying the CRTs to anotherlocation.

B. Make use of anti-static wrist straps to prevent ESD in the monitors.C. Remove capacitors from the old monitors so that they can be used in new monitors

and then recycle the old monitors.D. Request for the help of several technicians for lifting the CRT monitors and use a cart

for transporting them.

Answer: DExplanation:To shift fifteen CRTs to the other side of the building and get new LCDs from there, youshould request for the help of several technicians for lifting the CRT monitors and use acart for transporting them. While moving computer equipment from one place to another,make sure that you use carts for heavy objects and the path that you are using for takingthese object is free of safety hazards otherwise you may fall and hurt yourself.

QUESTION NO: 18You work as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com network consists of asingle Active Directory domain named testking.com. You are in the process ofidentifying the best manner to stop the electrostatic discharge whilst working on anotebook computer.

What should you do?

A. This can be achieved by unplugging the notebook computer.B. This can be achieved using a wrist strap.C. This can be achieved using an UPS.


- 318 -

D. This can be achieved using nonmetallic tools.

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 19You are the newly appointed desktop support technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. A TestKing.com user named Amy Walsh contacted the Help desk toinquire about the devices that can have a dangerous electrical charge when it isexposed.

What should you do?

A. You should inform her that the CRT monitor has a dangerous electrical charge.B. You should inform her that the Laptop LCD screen has a dangerous electrical charge.C. You should inform her that the Optical DVD-RW drive has a dangerous electrical

charge.D. You should inform her that the USB mouse has a dangerous electrical charge.

Answer: A

QUESTION NO: 20You are employed as the desktop support technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. There are both desktop and laptop workstations in operation atTestKing.com. During the course of the day you receive a call from a user whowants to log a complaint.

What should you do?

A. Your first step should be to identify the user and problem.B. Your first step should be to allocate a suitable priority for the issue.C. Your first step should be to elevate the call to a higher level of support.D. Your first step should be to identify the hardware make, model and serial number of

the device.


- 319 -

Answer: A

QUESTION NO: 21You work as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com network consists of asingle Active Directory domain named testking.com. There are both desktop andlaptop workstations in operation at TestKing.com. You receive notification frommanagement to replace the current cables with one that will emit less toxic fumes inthe event of a fire.

What should you do?

A. You should consider using UTP cables.B. You should consider using STP cables.C. You should consider using Plenum cables.D. You should consider using Non-plenum cables.

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 22You are employed as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com networkconsists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. During the courseof the day you receive an instruction from management to set up a test lab for tenwired workstations as well as one switch that is in a star topology.

What should you do?

A. You should consider the amount of fans in the room to prevent overheating.B. You should consider the electrical safety of users with the additional network cables.C. You should consider placing the workstations in the correct position for air flow.D. You should consider cable management in order to prevent trip hazards.

Answer: D


- 320 -

Section 2: Given a scenario, demonstrate the appropriate use ofcommunication skills and professionalism in the workplace (39Questions)

QUESTION NO: 1You went with a problem to the Enterprise administrator of the company. Theadministrator tried to explain the method to resolve the problem. Which of thefollowing ways would you choose to show the administrator that you are listening tohim?

A. Nodding at the administratorB. Repeating what he is sayingC. Asking questions from the administratorD. All of the other alternatives apply

Answer: DExplanation:To show the administrator that you are listening to him, you can perform all theseactions.

QUESTION NO: 2When you went to your colleague's workstation to verify that the networkconnection is working. You did not find her around. Then you noticed the username and password of the user is written on a sticky note at the bottom of thekeyboard. What should you do?

A. Log in to the user's computer, verify the network connection, and log out.B. Log in to the user's computer, verify the network connection, and stay logged in whenyou are finished.C. Page the user.D. Log in and change the user's password.



- 321 -

In the above given scenario the best action that you should take is to page the user andthen tell her that you visited her workstation to verify the network connection. You alsotell her about the sticky note you saw and recommend her to change her password.Logging in to the user's computer is wrong and that way you would be violating herprivacy.

QUESTION NO: 3Due to some reason, you will not be able to visit your customer's office to service hisproblem even after promising him. Which of the following tasks should you do tohandle the situation?

A. The first thing that you do in the morning is to visit that customer.B. Wait until after hours and then leave a message that you were there.C. Call the customer and tell him about the situation.D. Send him an e-mail informing him that you will be late.

Answer: CExplanation:If you will not be able to visit your customer's office to service his problem even afterpromising him, you should call the customer and tell him about the situation. Although,calling and sending an e-mail are quite same, but calling is an immediate means ofcommunication.

QUESTION NO: 4When you visited a customer on his complaint about some problem with hiscomputer system, you were unable to understand what he is saying due to a thickaccent that he had. Which of the following tasks should you do to handle thesituation?

A. Don't pay any attention to him and start looking for obvious errors.B. Call your supervisor and tell him about the situation.C. Call another technician to handle the situation.D. Apologize and find another user or manager who can help you translate.



- 322 -

If you are unable to unable to understand what the customer is saying due to a thickaccent that he had, you should apologize and find another user or manager who can helpyou translate. This may help you to understand the problem.

QUESTION NO: 5A customer became very angry and shoved you against a wall when aftertroubleshooting his system for 4-5 hours you told him that his data is irretrievablylost. Which of the following actions should you do to handle the situation??

A. Shove the user back.B. Register a complaint against the user.C. Try to calm the user down.D. Shout for help.

Answer: CExplanation:In the situations like these you should try to calm the user down because physical abuseshould be avoided at all costs. You should then try to leave the premises of the user assoon as possible and report the incident to your managers so that they may be aware ofwhat had happened.

QUESTION NO: 6You visited a customer's house on his complaint to repair his computer. Thecustomer told you that technician who visited them earlier spent three hours on thephone making personal calls. Which of the following actions should you take?

A. Nothing.B. Inform your manager about the last technician.C. Talk to the technician personally and recommend him not to repeat that again.D. Ask the customer to prove the allegation.



- 323 -

If you hear such information, you should inform your manager about that technician tomake your manager aware of the situation or concern so that this thing can be avoided infuture. You should not personally talk to the technician about the issue.

QUESTION NO: 7The most critical website of your company is down because of a failed server. Youfond the CEO of the company very tense and worried. What should you do?

A. Lighten the environment for the CEO by offering a joke.B. Pacify the CEO by downplaying the situation.C. Show CEO that you are very serious about the situation by keep looking at manualsD. Tell the CEO that this kind of problem is not new for you and you will find a way outas soon as possible.

Answer: DExplanation:In such situations you should always act with confidence. Ignoring, downplaying, orjoking is not a good way to handle such situations.

QUESTION NO: 8A customer who was tired of being put on hold from one hold on queue to anotherrequested you to fix his problem as soon as possible. However, you were temporarilyfilling in the on phone support. What should you do?

A. Tell customer that you will not be of much help because you are filling in temporarily.B. Transfer his call to another technician.C. Try to solve his problem as soon as possible without transferring his call anywhereelse.D. Suggest the customer to call some other time when you are not there.

Answer: CExplanation:In such situation you must try to solve the customer's problem as soon as possiblewithout transferring his call anywhere else.


- 324 -

QUESTION NO: 9You have spent your whole day to solve a user's problem. However, when theproblem was about to solve, the user informed you that he has to leave. What shouldyou do?

A. Inform your manager that the user had to go.B. Let the user go. Finish your work and leave a note about the work done and yourcontact details.C. Inform the user's manager that you have finished your work.D. Leave the problem as it is and do the rest of the work next day when user comes againE. All of the other alternatives apply.

Answer: A, B, CExplanation:To sign off on the job, it is important that you inform the managers involved in this taskand leave a note for the user about your contact details so that he can contact you in caseof a problem. This would leave the user with a sense that his problem has been taken careof.

QUESTION NO: 10A user called up to register a complaint against the computer problem that she isfacing. However, the use of profanity for every other word is creating hindrance inyour understanding the problem. What should you do?

A. Request the user to refrain from using an offensive language.B. Do not pay any heed to the profanity.C. Hang up the call.D. Use as many expletives in your language as she is using.

Answer: AExplanation:If profanity for every other word is creating hindrance in your understanding theproblem, you must request the user to refrain from using an offensive language.Although, profanity shows the frustration of the user, it should be eliminated. However,this is not always correct and can make the already upset customer even angrier. But thecustomer is not always right, and she should be made to realize about the problemkeeping in mind that she is always a customer.


- 325 -

QUESTION NO: 11While troubleshooting a network problem at your customer's place, you realized itto be necessary to reboot the server. What should you do?

A. Inform all the users through a broadcast a message that the server will restart in fewminutes.

B. Reboot as the server quickly.C. Ask the customer to reboot the server in the lunch time.D. Ask the customer to reboot the server after office hours.

Answer: AExplanation:You should be courteous to inform all the users through a broadcast a message that theserver will restart in few minutes.You should not reboot the server quickly without first informing the network usersbecause it may hinder their work. Also you should not leave the server reboot to thecustomer because it is a part of your responsibility and a problem can occur in yourabsence.

QUESTION NO: 12As an IT support staff of your company, you have to abide by several ethics. Whichof the following IT ethic is also governed by the law?

A. PunctualityB. AccountabilityC. PrivacyD. Respect

Answer: CExplanation:The IT ethic that is also governed by the law is Privacy of the customers and thecompany.


- 326 -

QUESTION NO: 13You have been assigned a service call in the field. Which of the following options isthe correct time to close the call?

A. When you are handed the complaintB. When you arrive at the client's premisesC. When you have solved the problemD. When the customer is satisfied

Answer: DExplanation:The complaint call should be closed when the customer is satisfied with the solution youhave given and the problem is resolved.

QUESTION NO: 14At the customer's site after resolving the customer's problem, the customer insistedto have your contact details so that she may get hold of you after hours if there is aproblem. What should you provide her?

A. Your home phone numberB. Your office phone numberC. Your mobile phone numberD. It depends on company policy.E. You should not provide her any personal contact details

Answer: DExplanation:If the customer insists on the contact details so that you can be traced after hours, youmust provide contact details as per the policy of your company. As a representative ofyour company, you must always follow company policy.

QUESTION NO: 15Which of the following options would you choose if while providing phone supportto a customer, she suddenly asks for your name?

A. Hang up the phone.


- 327 -

B. Provide your first name.C. Make a joke.D. Ask her why he wants to know.

Answer: BExplanation:The names are often used to ease the conversation. If you have been asked for your nameyou should provide your first name and continue with the conversation.

QUESTION NO: 16Which of the following actions would you take if you notice a network switch that islikely to fail soon, while troubleshooting a server problem for a customer?

A. Focus only on the problem that you have come to fix.B. Inform the customer about the erroneous network switch.C. Tell the customer that he needs to fix the other problem now as well.D. Fix the network switch and charge the customer for that also.

Answer: BExplanation:If you notice a network switch that is likely to fail soon while troubleshooting a serverproblem for a customer, you must inform the customer about the erroneous networkswitch. This is because the switch is still working and it is possible that that customer hasalready ordered a replacement.

QUESTION NO: 17On arriving at the customer's place to solve his desktop problem, you did not findthe customer around. What should you do?

A. Page the customer.B. Sit and wait for the user.C. Call your manager and check for other jobs to be done.D. Come back later.

Answer: A


- 328 -

Explanation:If you have been called by the customer and the customer is not around, you must pagethe customer and inform him about your arrival. You cannot keep sitting and waiting forthe customer. Neither should you call your manager for other jobs till the current call isattended.

QUESTION NO: 18Your supervisor is explaining the solution of a complicated problem to you. Whichof the following is the best way to show your supervisor that you are listening to herdescription?

A. Taking notesB. SmilingC. BlinkingD. WinkingE. None of the other alternatives apply

Answer: AExplanation:The best way to show your supervisor that you are listening to her description is bytaking notes. This way your supervisor will know that you are paying attention to thedetails and attempting to fully comprehend them.

QUESTION NO: 19When you arrived at the customer's office on their complaint, you were told by thecustomer that they did not want to deal with you because they are used to dealingwith another technician, who is currently unavailable. What should you do?

A. Don't care about what they say and continue towards the equipment you have beencalled to fix.

B. Leave the client's office immediately.C. Tell the customer that the other technician is not as qualified as you are.D. Call your manager and inform him of the situation.



- 329 -

In such a situation, you should call your manager and inform him of the situation,without showing any disrespect to the client or the fellow technician. Your manager canbest guide you about handling the situation.

QUESTION NO: 20Which of the following actions should you take if while responding to a customer'scall, your co-worker keeps on insisting on telling you about his weekend stories?

A. Listen to the co-worker's stories after taking customer's permission to put him on hold.B. Join the conversation with the co-worker and put the customer on hold just for a fewminutes.C. Join the conversation with the co-worker after forwarding the customer to anothertechnician.D. Politely ask the co-worker to talk later after taking customer's permission to put himon hold.

Answer: DExplanation:In such a scenario it is important that you politely ask the co-worker to talk later aftertaking customer's permission to put him on hold. This is because the customers are veryimportant for a company and putting them on hold for a long time or forwarding their callto another technician would annoy the customer.

QUESTION NO: 21A customer who was very worried because his computer was unable to boot and hehad to submit his research papers by the end of the day has approached you. Whichof the following responses would be an appropriate response for the customer?

A. You should blame user for downloading a Trojan recently that has caused theproblem. And tell him that the virus may have infected the OS or worked its way into theMBR.

B. You should comfort user by telling him that you understand his concern, and will tryto solve his problem as soon as possible so that he can finish and submit his researchpapers.

C. You should ask user that if the paper was so important then why did he not create abackup copy of the papers on another computer so that he could finish his work in time.


- 330 -

D. You should tell that you are unable to understand why he is so upset. He can tell hisprofessor about the problem and his professor will understand the problem for sure.

Answer: BExplanation:The appropriate response for the customer in this situation will be to comfort user bytelling him that you understand his concern, and will try to solve his problem as soon aspossible so that he can finish and submit his research papers. Blaming him or giving himan unpractical suggestion will make the user think that you don't understand the urgencyof his work and therefore not taking his problem seriously.

QUESTION NO: 22You are employed as the senior desktop support technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. During the course of the day you receive a complaint stating that a fileserver experienced an anticipated outage before office hours. The technician has astrong suspicion that it could be a bad on-board NIC. Various users harass thehelpdesk personnel demanding how long the server will be down.

What should you do?

A. You should inform them that there is no way to determine how long the server will beoffline as hardware and software is not exact sciences.

B. You should inform them that there is an error with the NIC and that the server will beoperational by the following day.

C. You should inform them that the error was identified and technicians are workingaround the clock to have the server up and running as soon as possible.

D. You should inform them that the server will be operational and they can have the restof the day off as the technicians fix the server.

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 23


- 331 -

You have been assigned to the TestKing.com help desk to aid all the TestKing.comusers who experience trouble with their workstations. There are both desktop andlaptop workstations in operation at TestKing.com.

During the day a user logs a call to reset the printer server since they are unable toprint any documents. The user also informs you that there are a number ofdocuments in the queue when she looks in the printer in the control panel. Youdetect that the possible reason for the error is a paper jam.

What should you do?

A. You should send a technician to fix the paper jam and supply the user with referencematerial to examine preventative techniques in order to fix minor problems.

B. You should inform her that a technician is in the process of repairing the paper jamand it will result in printer jobs piling up.

C. You should log the complaint and ask the user questions to determine if they knowwhat the possible error is.

D. You should inform her that her solution to the problem did not work and trainedpersonnel will take the matter further.

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 24You have been assigned to the TestKing.com help desk to aid all the TestKing.comusers who experience trouble with their workstations. There are both desktop andlaptop workstations in operation at TestKing.com. One of the users experiences afew errors with her workstation and inquires how long it will take to resolve theerrors on the workstation.

What should you do?

A. You should consider giving the user a projected time for the repairs based on yourassessment.

B. You should inform the user to contact the helpdesk daily to determine whether thesystem is operational.

C. You should enquire when the user wants the job to be completed.D. You should inform the user that he or she will be contacted when the problem is

solved as other users are before her on the repair list.


- 332 -

Answer: A

QUESTION NO: 25TestKing.com has employed you as a technician at TestKing.com. You receive aninstruction to fix a workstation for one of the clients. Upon arrival you find theclient very angry and agitated that it took three hours for a response.

What should you do?

A. You should explain to the client that there is problems with the call tracking systemand inform the client that the present service level agreement allows for a ten hourresponse.

B. You should complete the task in an expedited manner and when you are done youdocument the situation and inform your superior about the clients' behavior.

C. You should contact the dispatch team without delay and request to speak to a managerto determine the breakdown in response time.

D. You should empathize with the client and focus on completing the task in anexpedited manner and when you are done you document the situation and inform yoursuperior that the client was not happy with the response time.

Answer: D

QUESTION NO: 26TestKing.com has employed you as a technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. You are currently on a service call to a client when you receive apersonal call.

What should you do?

A. You should ask the client permission before answering the call.B. You should ignore the call and call back after you done with the client.C. You should answer the call and put the client on hold.D. You should tell the client to call back later as you are experiencing problems with the

line.


- 333 -

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 27You have been assigned to the TestKing.com help desk to aid all the TestKing.comusers who experience trouble with their workstations. There are both desktop andlaptop workstations in operation at TestKing.com. A TestKing.com user namedAmy Walsh contacted the Help desk to report some problems and whilst explainingthe symptoms you already know what the problem is.

What should you do?

A. You should inform her that the solution is known and no other symptoms need to bediscussed.

B. You should wait until she is finished and refer her to a website in order to find theresolution.

C. You should be polite and listen without interrupting her if it does not take too muchtime.

D. You should ask her to repeat the symptoms numerous times to ensure that you have allthe facts.

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 28You work as a desktop support technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.comnetwork consists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. ATestKing.com user named Amy Walsh informs you regarding an update thathappened months ago that have no affiliation with the current problem she isexperiencing.

What should you do?

A. You should inform her that the update has nothing to do with the problems she isexperiencing and continue to implement a solution.

B. You should wait until the user is done with her statement and inform her how toresolve the new issue.

C. You should inform her where the information of the update was released.


- 334 -

D. You should disregard the statement and proceed to resolve the new issue.

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 29You work as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com network consists of asingle Active Directory domain named testking.com. You are in the process ofresolving a wireless connectivity issue with a user's mobile computer when theusers' colleague interrupts the user whilst explaining the problem with issue that isnot related to the current problem.

What should you do?

A. You should inform the user that you will fix the problem if there are more problemson the mobile computer.

B. You should inform the users' colleague to let the user finish their explanation andlisten carefully to what the user is saying.

C. You should inform the users' colleague to stop interrupting and inform him to goaway.

D. You should inform the user that you are able to solve his colleagues' problem but hehas to wait his turn.

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 30You are employed as the desktop support technician at TestKing.com. TheTestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. A TestKing.com user named Amy Walsh contacted the Help desk toreporting that a program she used the previous day is missing. You need to identifythe appropriate questions to ask her to determine the extent of the problem.

What should you ask her?

A. You should ask her to check the Recycle Bin to see whether it was accidentallydeleted.

B. You should ask her whether they experienced a power outage the previous day.


- 335 -

C. You should ask her to check if the program is misfiled.D. You should ask her if she is sure she used that program.

Answer: A

QUESTION NO: 31You have been assigned to the TestKing.com help desk to aid all the TestKing.comusers who experience trouble with their workstations. There are both desktop andlaptop workstations in operation at TestKing.com. A TestKing.com user namedAmy Walsh contacted the Help desk to report some problems and whilst explainingthe symptoms you already know what the problem is.

What should you do?

A. You should inform her that the solution is known and no other symptoms need to bediscussed.

B. You should wait until she is finished and refer her to a website in order to find theresolution.

C. You should be polite and listen without interrupting her if it does not take too muchtime.

D. You should ask her to repeat the symptoms numerous times to ensure that you have allthe facts.

Answer: C

QUESTION NO: 32You are employed as a technician at TestKing.com. You are in the process ofrepairing a printer problem. Upon completion the clients inquires what caused theproblem.

What should you do?

A. You should inform the client that the process of removal is so intricate that onlyprofessional trained people should resolve it.

B. You should inform the client that moisture in the paper tray caused the paper jam.C.


- 336 -

You should inform the client the error occurred due to condensation in the lower trayassembly which stopped the rollers of the printer from turning.

D. You should inform the client that the error occurred due to negligence.

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 33You are employed as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com networkconsists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. You receive aninstruction to release a mandatory update to all employees. This update will reboottheir client computers. To ensure productivity management wants the update to runduring the lunch break of all employees. Prior to releasing the update, you need todetermine the best way to inform all employees about managements plan.

What should you do?

A. You should install the update without notifying the employees.B. You should post notices in the building.C. You should stop the mandatory update.D. You should e-mail employees regarding the update.

Answer: D

QUESTION NO: 34You work as a desktop support technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.comnetwork consists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. ATestKing.com user named Amy Walsh informs you regarding an update thathappened months ago that have no affiliation with the current problem she isexperiencing.

What should you do?

A. You should inform her that the update has nothing to do with the problems she isexperiencing and continue to implement a solution.


- 337 -

B. You should wait until the user is done with her statement and inform her how toresolve the new issue.

C. You should inform her where the information of the update was released.D. You should disregard the statement and proceed to resolve the new issue.

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 35You work as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com network consists of asingle Active Directory domain named testking.com. You are in the process ofresolving a wireless connectivity issue with a user's mobile computer when theusers' colleague interrupts the user whilst explaining the problem with issue that isnot related to the current problem.

What should you do?

A. You should inform the user that you will fix the problem if there are more problemson the mobile computer.

B. You should inform the users' colleague to let the user finish their explanation andlisten carefully to what the user is saying.

C. You should inform the users' colleague to stop interrupting and inform him to goaway.

D. You should inform the user that you are able to solve his colleagues' problem but hehas to wait his turn.

Answer: B

QUESTION NO: 36TestKing.com has employed you as a desktop support technician at TestKing.com.The TestKing.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain namedtestking.com. During the course of the day you receive a call from a user stating thatthe helpdesk has not returned her call after she logged a complaint a week ago.

What should you do?

A. You should inform the user to be patient as her problem will be resolved soon.


- 338 -

B. You should inform the user you have no record of the previous call.C. You should open a new docket and delete the previous docket.D. You should apologize an inform the user that the problem is escalated to a supervisor

for resolution.

Answer: D

QUESTION NO: 37You work as a desktop support technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.comnetwork consists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. Youreceive a call from an angry user reporting that an error that occurred previouslyhas just surfaced again. The user is not pleased with any efforts to resolve the issueand becomes more agitated with the attempts at resolution.

What should you do?

A. You should let the user continue without interrupting her until a response is requestedfrom you.

B. You should inform the user that the technician is trying to assist her.C. You should inform the user that the technician is consulting his supervisor.

Thereafter you can put the user on hold.D. You should inform the user that you are aware that the technicians are not completely

resolving certain issues and inform her that it will be resolved.

Answer: A

QUESTION NO: 38You work as a technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.com network consists of asingle Active Directory domain named testking.com. You are in the process ofexplaining to users in your department what a call logging process is used for.


A. This process is used to choose the correct priority level for the issue.B. This process is used to determine the common issues amongst numerous users.C. This process is used to compose a record that will enable user authentication.


- 339 -

D. This process assists you in maintaining a balanced workload for the help desktechnicians.

E. This process is used to track the process of the incident.

Answer: B, E

QUESTION NO: 39You are the newly appointed technician at TestKing.com. The TestKing.comnetwork consists of a single Active Directory domain named testking.com. There areboth desktop and laptop workstations in operation at TestKing.com. TestKing.comhas recently developed a new policy that requires that all users sign a StandardOperating Procedure. The signed procedure needs to be displayed on thecompanies' bulletin boards throughout the organization. Employees signing andadhering to the new policy is an example of?

A. It is an example of self monitoring, analysis and reporting technology (S.M.A.R.T).B. It is an example of workplace compliance.C. It is an example of professionalism in the workplace.D. It is an example of dealing appropriately with confidential materials.

Answer: B